VAMP 40

Feeder and motor protection relay

Operation and configuration

instructions

Technical description
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Table of Contents

1. General ...................................................................................3
1.1. Relay features .....................................................................3
1.2. User interface......................................................................4
1.3. Operating Safety................................................................4
2. Local panel user interface ....................................................5
2.1. Relay front panel................................................................5
2.1.1. Display .........................................................................5
2.1.2. Menu navigation and pointers................................6
2.1.3. Keypad........................................................................6
2.1.4. Operation indicators .................................................7
2.1.5. Adjusting display contrast ........................................8
2.2. Local panel operations .....................................................8
2.2.1. Navigating in menus .................................................8
2.2.2. Example of menu structure I>................................12
2.2.3. Setting groups ..........................................................13
2.2.4. Fault logs ...................................................................13
2.2.5. Operating levels.......................................................14
2.3. Operating measures........................................................15
2.3.1. Measured data ........................................................15
2.3.2. Reading event register ...........................................18
2.3.3. Forced control (Force)............................................19
2.4. Configuration and parameter setting ..........................20
2.4.1. Parameter setting ....................................................21
2.4.2. Setting range limits ..................................................21
2.4.3. Disturbance recorder menu DR ............................22
2.4.4. Configuring digital inputs DI...................................22
2.4.5. Configuring digital outputs DO .............................23
2.4.6. Protection menu Prot ..............................................23
2.4.7. Configuration menu CONF ....................................23
2.4.8. Protocol menu Bus...................................................25
2.4.9. Blocking and interlocking configuration..............27
3. VAMPSET PC software ..........................................................28

2 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

1. General
This first part (Operation and configuration) of the publication
contains general descriptions of the functions, of the generator
protection relay as well as operation instructions. It also
includes instructions for parameterization and configuration of
the relay and instructions for changing settings.
The second part (Technical description) of the publication
includes detailed protection function descriptions as well as
application examples and technical data sheets.
The Mounting and Commissioning Instructions are published
in a separate publication with the code VMMC.EN0xx.

1.1. Relay features

The comprehensive protection functions of the relay make it
ideal for utility, industrial, marine and off-shore power
distribution applications. The relay features the following
protection functions.
List of protection functions
IEEE/ANSI IEC symbol Function name Note
code
3I>, 3I>>, Overcurrent protection
50/51
3I>>>
46R I2/I1> Broken conductor protection
46 I2> Current unbalance protection Only available when
I2>> Phase reversal / incorrect phase application option is
47
sequence protection in motor protection
48 Ist> Stall protection mode.
66 N> Frequent start protection
49 T> Thermal overload protection
37 I< Undercurrent protection
I0>, I0>>, I0>>>, Earth fault protection
50N/51N
I0>>>>
I0T Intermittent transient earth fault
67NT
protection
Capacitor bank unbalance
protection
59C U0> Capacitor overvoltage protection
67N 0>, 0>> Directional earth fault protection Only available when
U0>, U0>> Residual voltage protection measurement option
59N is Uo
U>, U>>, U>>> Single-phase overvoltage Only available when
59
protection measurement option
U<, U<<, U<<< Single-phase undervoltage is 1LL
1LL (line-
(line-to-
to-line
27
protection voltage)
voltage) or 1LN
1LN
P<, P<< Reverse and underpower (phase-
(phase-to-
to-neutral
32 voltage).
protection
50BF CBFP Circuit-breaker failure protection
99 Prg1...8 Programmable stages
50ARC/ ArcI>, ArcI01>, Optional arc fault protection (with
50NARC ArcI02> an external module)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 3

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Further the relay includes a disturbance recorder. Arc

protection is optionally available.
The relay communicates with other systems using common
protocols, such as the Modbus RTU, ModbusTCP, Profibus DP,
IEC 60870-5-101, IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850, SPA bus, and
DNP 3.0.

1.2. User interface

The relay can be controlled in three ways:
Locally with the push-buttons on the relay front panel
Locally using a PC connected to the serial port on the front
panel or on the rear panel of the relay (both cannot be used
simultaneously)
Via remote control over the remote control port on the relay
rear panel.

1.3. Operating Safety

The terminals on the rear panel of the relay may
carry dangerous voltages, even if the auxiliary
voltage is switched off. A live current transformer
secondary circuit must not be opened.
Disconnecting a live circuit may cause dangerous
voltages! Any operational measures must be carried out
according to national and local handling directives and
instructions.
Carefully read through all operation instructions before any
operational measures are carried out.

4 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

2. Local panel user interface

2.1. Relay front panel

The figure below shows, as an example, the front panel of the
feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40 and the location of
the user interface elements used for local control.

VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

Alarm Alarm

Trip Trip

A
3 1
B

F
2
4

Figure 2.1-1. Relay front panel

1. Two-row LCD display

2. Keypad
3. LED indicators
4. RS 232 serial communication port for PC

2.1.1. Display
The relay is provided with a backlit two-row LCD display. The
display shows 16 characters in each row. Its purpose is to show
the configuration and parameterization values of the relay
(Figure 2.1.1-1). If the text exceeds 16 characters the display
changes to scrolling mode, to show the entire text.

Meas/PHASE CURRE
IL1: 7500A

Figure 2.1.1-1 Example of the display menu.

In the title screen the user can choose to show 4 measurement

values of the relay. These will substitute the relay type on the
displays lower row.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 5

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Backlight control
Display backlight can be switched on with a digital input,
virtual input or virtual output. DEVICE INFO/Display
Display
backlight ctrl setting is used for selecting trigger input for
backlight control. When the selected input activates (rising
edge), display backlight is set on for 60 minutes.

2.1.2. Menu navigation and pointers

1. Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in
the menus . The active main menu option is shown under
the relay type definition.
2. When moving into a main menu, by pressing the RIGHT
key, the active main and submenu will appear in the upper
row. The options in the submenu items are abbreviations,
e.g. Evnt = events. To view the explanation for a certain
abbreviation press the INFO key.
3. Further, each display holds the measured values and units
of one or more quantities or parameters, e.g. ILmax 300A.

2.1.3. Keypad
You can navigate in the menu and set the required parameter
values using the keypad. The keypad is composed of four arrow
keys, one cancel key, one enter key and one info key.

Figure 2.1.3-1 Keys on the keypad

1. Enter and confirmation key (ENTER)

2. Cancel key (CANCEL)
3. Up/Down [Increase/Decrease] arrow keys (UP/DOWN)
4. Keys for selecting submenus [selecting a digit in a
numerical value] (LEFT/RIGHT)
5. Additional information key (INFO)
NOTE! The term, which is used for the buttons in this manual, is inside the
brackets.

6 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

2.1.4. Operation indicators

The relay is provided with ten LED indicators:

Power Power

Error Error

Alarm Alarm

Trip Trip

Figure 2.1.4-1. Operation indicators of the relay

LED indicator Meaning Measure/ Remarks

Power LED lit The auxiliary power has Normal operation state
been switched on
Error LED lit An internal fault has been The relay attempts to
detected reboot [REBOOT]. If the
error LED remains lit,
call for maintenance.
Alarm LED lit One or several signals of The LED is switched off
the output relay matrix when the signal that
have been assigned to caused output Al to
output Al and the output activate, e.g. the START
has been activated by one signal, is reset. The
of the signals. (For more resetting depends on the
information about output type of configuration,
relay configuration, please connected or latched.
see chapter 2.4.5 on page
23).
Trip LED lit One or several signals of The LED is switched off
the output relay matrix when the signal that
have been assigned to caused output Tr to
output Tr, and the output activate, e.g. the TRIP
has been activated by one signal, is reset. The
of the signals. (For more resetting depends on the
information about output type of configuration,
relay configuration, please connected or latched.
see chapter 2.4.5 on page
23).
A- F LED lit Application-related status Configurable
indicators.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 7

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Resetting latched indicators and output relays

All the indicators and output relays can be given a latching
function in the configuration.
There are several ways to reset latched indicators and relays:
From the alarm list, move back to the initial display by
pushing the CANCEL key. Then reset the latched indicators
and output relays by pushing the ENTER key.
Acknowledge each event in the alarm list one by one by
pushing the ENTER key equivalent times. Then, in the
initial display, reset the latched indicators and output
relays by pushing the ENTER key.
The latched indicators and relays can also be reset via a remote
communication bus or via a digital input configured for that
purpose.

2.1.5. Adjusting display contrast

The readability of the LCD varies with the brightness and the
temperature of the environment. The contrast of the display
can be adjusted via the PC user interface, see chapter 3.

2.2. Local panel operations

The front panel can be used to control objects, change the local/
remote status, read the measured values, set parameters, and
to configure relay functions. Some parameters, however, can
only be set by means of a PC connected to one of the local
communication ports. Some parameters are factory-set.

2.2.1. Navigating in menus

All the menu functions are based on the main menu/submenu
structure. Figure 2.2.1-1shows the basic structure of the menu
on the local display. The actual menu structure depends on the
configuration, for example, motor mode/ feeder mode, voltage
measurement mode, etc.
Some submenus may contain more than two rows. Press arrows
down and up to glance through these certain submenus.

8 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

MAIN MENU SUBMENUS

VAMP 40
IL1: 0A, IL2: 0

VAMP 40 Meas/PHASE CURRE Meas/SYMMETRIC C Meas/MISCELLANEO Meas/HARM. DISTO

Meas IL1: 0A Io: 0.00A Uo: 0.0% THDIL: 0.0%

VAMP 40 Evnt/EVENTS E50 Device resta

Evnt Count: 141 2000-01-01 00:

VAMP 40 DR/DISTURBANCE R DR/REC. CHANNELS

DR Mode: Overflow AddCh: -

VAMP 40 TIMR/TIMER STATU TIMR/TIMER 1 TIMR/Timer 4 TIMR/Event enabl

TIMR Timer1: - Timer1: - Timer4: - Timer1: On

VAMP 40 DI/DIGITAL INPUT DI/DI COUNTERS DI/DELAYS for di DI/VIRTUAL INPUT

DI DI1: 0 DI1: 0 DI1: 0.00s VI1: 0

VAMP 40 DO/RELAY OUTPUTS DO/RELAY OUTPUTS DO/REMOTE PULSES

DO T1: 0 T4: 0 T3: 0.50s

VAMP 40 Prot/PROTECTION Prot/FAULT COUNT Prot/LINE ALARM Prot/LINE FAULT Prot/PROTECT STA
Prot Stages: 12 Faults: 0 AlrL1: 0 TltL1: 0 I>: -

VAMP 40 I>/STATUS 50/51 I>1 SET 50/51 I>/2 SET 50/51 I>/DELAY VARIABL I>/1 LOG 50/51
I> Status: - ILmax: 0A ILmax: 0A A: 0.140 -

VAMP 40 OBJ/OBJECT STATU OBJ/CONTROL OBJE OBJ/CTRL OBJECT OBJ/CTRL OBJECT OBJ/CTRL OBJECT
OBJ Obj1: Open Ctrl1: - Obj1: Open Obj2: Open Obj3: Open

VAMP 40 Lgic/LOGIC EVENT Lgic/LOGIC COUNT

Lgic Out1On : Off Cntr1: -

VAMP 40 CONF/DEVICE SETU CONF/LANGUAGE CONF/CURRENT SCA CONF/VOLTAGE SCA CONF/DEVICE INFO
CONF bit/s: 38400bps >English v5.48 Inom: 500A Un: 11000V VAMP 40

VAMP 40 Bus/REMOTE PORT Bus/LOCAL PORT Bus/PC (LOCAL/SP Bus/MODBUS Bus/EXTERNAL I/O
Bus Protocol: None Protocol: None Tx: 15/2047 Addr: 1 bit/s: 9600 bps

VAMP 40 Diag/DIAGNOSIS Diag/OPSYS DIAGN Diag/REGULAR TAS Diag/SIGNAL TASK Diag/COM BUFFER
Diag -15V: -12.7V CpuLd: 30% 5ms: 0/6 10ms: 0/6 LocErr: 0

I>/STATUS 50/51 I>/STATUS 50/51

Status: - Status: -
TripTime: 0.0s
SCntr: 0
TCntr: 0
SetGrp: 1
SGrpDI: -
Force: Off

Function menu table

Figure 2.2.1-1 Principles of the menu structure and navigation in the menus

1. Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in

the main menu.
2. To move to a submenu, repeatedly push the RIGHT key
until the required submenu is shown. Correspondingly,
push the LEFT key to return to the main menu.
3. Push the CANCEL key to move back to the main menu at
once and to cancel a selection.
4. Hold the CANCEL key pushed for appr. 4 sec. to display the
title screen.
5. Push the INFO key and then the ENTER key to give the
password.
6. Push the CANCEL key to revert to the normal display.
7. Push the INFO key to obtain additional information about
any menu item.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 9

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Main menu
The general menu structure is shown in Figure 2.2.1-1. The
menu is dependent on the user's configuration and the options
according the order code. For example only the enabled
protection stages will appear in the menu.
A list of the local main menu (* Not in U0 mode)
Main Number Description ANSI Note
menu of code
menus
P* 6 Power measurements
E* 4 Energy measurements
I 3 Current measurements
U* 16 Voltage measurements
Evnt 2 Events
DR 3 Disturbance recorder 2
Runh 1 Running hour counter. Active
time of a selected digital input
and time stamps of the latest
start and stop.
TIMR 6 Day and week timers
DI 4 Digital inputs including virtual
inputs
DO 3 Digital outputs (relays) and
output matrix
ExtAI External analogue inputs 3
ExDI External digital inputs 3
ExDO External digital outputs 3
Prot 18 Protection counters, combined
overcurrent status, protection
status, protection enabling, cold
load and inrush detectionIf2>
and block matrix
I> 12 1st overcurrent stage 50/51 4
I>> 11 2nd overcurrent stage 50/51 4
I>>> 11 3rd overcurrent stage 50/51 4
I< 11 Undercurrent stage 37 4
I2/I1> 11 Broken conductor prot. stage 46R 4
I2> 10 Unbalance stage 46 4
I2>> 10 Phase reversal / incorrect phase 47 4
sequence stage
Ist> 10 Stall protection stage 48 4
N> 11 Frequent start 66 4
T> 3 Thermal overload stage 49 4
Uc> 4 Capacitor o/v stage 59C 4
Io> 12 1st earth fault stage 50N/51N 4
Io>> 11 2nd earth fault stage 50N/51N 4
Io>>> 11 3rd earth fault stage 50N/51N 4
Io>>>> 11 4th earth fault stage 50N/51N 4

10 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

Main Number Description ANSI Note

menu of code
menus
Io> 14 1st directional earth fault stage 67N 4
Io>> 14 2nd directional earth fault stage 67N 4
Ioint> 4 Transient intermittent E/F 67NI 4
U> 12 1st overvoltage stage 59 4
U>> 11 2nd overvoltage stage 59 4
U>>> 11 3rd overvoltage stage 59 4
U< 12 1st undervoltage stage 27 4
U<< 11 2nd undervoltage stage 27 4
U<<< 11 3rd undervoltage stage 27 4
Uo> 11 1st residual overvoltage stage 59N 4
Uo>> 11 2nd residual overvoltage stage 59N 4
P< 11 1st reverse and underpower 32 4
stage
P<< 11 2nd reverse and underpower 32 4
stage
Prg1 11 1st programmable stage 4
Prg2 11 2nd programmable stage 4
Prg3 11 3rd programmable stage 4
Prg4 11 4th programmable stage 4
Prg5 11 5th programmable stage 4
Prg6 11 6th programmable stage 4
Prg7 11 7th programmable stage 4
Prg8 11 8th programmable stage 4
CBFP 10 Circuit breaker failure 50BF 4
protection
CBWE 5 Circuit breaker wearing 4
supervision
CTSV 1 CT supervisor 4
ArcI> 11 Optional arc protection stage 50ARC 4
for phase-to-phase faults and
delayed light signal.
ArcIo> 10 Optional arc protection stage 50NARC 4
for earth faults. Current input
= I01
ArcIo2> 10 Optional arc protection stage 50NARC 4
for earth faults. Current input
= I02
OBJ 10 Object definitions 5
AR 4 Auto-reclose 79
Lgic 2 Status and counters of user's 1
logic
CONF 9 Device setup, scaling etc. 6
Bus 11 Serial port and protocol 7
configuration
Diag 9 Device selfdiagnosis

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 11

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Notes
1 Configuration is done with VAMPSET
2 Recording files are read with VAMPSET
3 The menu is visible only if protocol "ExternalIO" is selected for one of
the serial ports. Serial ports are configured in menu "Bus".
4 The menu is visible only if the stage is enabled.
5 Objects are circuit breakers, disconnectors etc.
6 There are two extra menus, which are visible only if the access level
"operator" or "configurator" has been opened with the corresponding
password.
7 Detailed protocol configuration is done with VAMPSET.

2.2.2. Example of menu structure I>

I>/STATUS 50/51
Status Trip State of protection function (-, Start, Trip)
TripTime 0.0s Estimated time to trip
SCntr 8 Start counter
TCntr 7 Trip counter
SetGrp 1 Active set group (1, 2)
Set group DI control (DI1, DI2, VI1 VI4, LedAl,
SGrpDI DI1
LedTr, LedA LedC, LedDR, VO1-VO6)
Force Off Forced operation of state (ON, OFF)

I>/1 SET 50/51 (several SET menus possible)

Actual value, the value on which the protection is
ILmax 100A
based
Status - State of protection function (-, Start, Trip)
I> 110A Set value of protection function [A]
I> 1.10xIn Set value of protection function [pu]
Delay curve family (IEC, IEEE, IEEE2, RI,
Curve IEC
Prg1-Prg3, DT)
Selection of delay time curve (DT, NI, VI, EI, LTI,
Type DT
Parameters)
k> 0.50 Inverse time coefficient
t> 0.30s Operation delay
Dly20x 1.13s Inverse delay (20x)
Dly4x 2.48s Inverse delay (4x)
Dly2x 5.01s Inverse delay (2x)
Dly1x 35.90s Inverse delay (1x)

I>/DELAY VARIABLES 50/51

A - Constant A
B - Constant B
C - Constant C
D - Constant D
E - Constant E

12 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

I>/1 LOG 50/51 (several LOG menus possible)

2002-08-22 Event time stamp
20:34:11
Type 1 Fault type
Flt 1.20xIn Fault current
Load 0.5xIn Pre-fault current
EDly 100% Elapsed delay
SetGrp 1

2.2.3. Setting groups

Most of the protection functions of the relay have two setting
groups. These groups are useful for example when the network
topology is changed frequently. The active group can be
changed by a digital input, through remote communication or
locally by using the local panel.
The active setting group of each protection function can be
selected separately. Figure 2.2.3-1 shows an example where the
changing of the I> setting group is handled with digital input
one (SGrpDI). If the digital input is TRUE, the active setting
group is group two and correspondingly, the active group is
group one, if the digital input is FALSE. If no digital input is
selected (SGrpDI = -), the active group can be selected by
changing the value of the parameter SetGrp (Figure 2.2.3-2).

I > / I > S TAT U S

SGrpDI: 1

Figure 2.2.3-1 Example of protection submenu with setting group

parameters 1

I > / I > S TAT U S

SetGrp: 2

Figure 2.2.3-2 Example of protection submenu with setting group

parameters 2

The changing of the setting parameters can be done easily.

When the desired submenu has been found (with the arrow
keys) it will show the values of the active setting group. Set1 is
setting group one and Set2 is setting group two.

2.2.4. Fault logs

All the protection functions include fault logs. The fault log of a
function can register up to eight different faults with time
stamp information, fault values etc. The fault logs are stored in
non-volatile memory. Each function has its own logs. The fault
logs are not cleared when power is switched off. The user is
able to clear all logs using VAMPSET.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 13

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

2.2.5. Operating levels

The relay has three operating levels: User level, Operator level
and Configurator level. The purpose of the access levels is to
prevent accidental change of relay configurations, parameters
or settings.
USER level
Use: Possible to read e.g. parameter values,
measurements and events
Opening: Level permanently open
Closing: Closing not possible
OPERATOR level
Use: Possible to control objects and to change e.g.
the settings of the protection stages
Opening: Default password is 1
Setting state: Push ENTER
Closing: The level is automatically closed after 10
minutes idle time. Giving the password 9999
can also close the level.

CONFIGURATOR level
Use: The configurator level is needed during the
commissioning of the relay. E.g. the scaling of
the voltage and current transformers can be
set.
Opening: Default password is 2
Setting state: Push ENTER
Closing: The level is automatically closed after 10
minutes idle time. Giving the password 9999
can also close the level.

Opening access
1. Push the INFO key, on the front panel. This will open the
info screen.
Info
Id: MenuTitle

info

Figure 2.2.5-1 Example of INFO screen

2. Push the ENTER key to enter password.

14 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

Enter Password
0+++

PwdScreen

Figure 2.2.5-2 Entering the password

3. Enter the password needed for the desired level: the

password can contain four digits. The digits are supplied
one by one by first moving to the position of the digit using
the RIGHT key and then setting the desired digit value
using the UP key.
4. Push the ENTER key.

Password handling
The passwords can only be changed using VAMPSET software
connected to the local RS-232 port on the relay.
It is possible to restore the password(s) in case the password is
lost or forgotten. In order to restore the password(s), a relay
program is needed. The serial port settings are 38400 bps, 8
data bits, no parity and one stop bit. The bit rate is
configurable via the front panel.
Command Description
get pwd_break Get the break code (Example:
6569403)
get serno Get the serial number of the relay
(Example: 12345)
Send both the numbers to vampsupport@vamp.fi and ask for a
password break. A device specific break code is sent back to
you. That code will be valid for the next two weeks.
Command Description
set pwd_break=4435876 Restore the factory default
passwords (4435876 is just an
example. The actual code should be
asked from VAMP Ltd.)
Now the passwords are restored to the default values (See
chapter 2.2.5).

2.3. Operating measures

2.3.1. Measured data
The measured values can be read from the Meas* menu and its
submenus or from the menus P**, E**, I** and U** and there
submenus. Furthermore, any measurement value in the
following table can be displayed on the start screen as a
scrolling text. Four measurements can be shown.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 15

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Value Menu/Submenu
Menu/Submenu Description
P ** P/POWER Active power [kW]
Q ** P/POWER Reactive power [kvar]
S ** P/POWER Apparent power [kVA]
** P/POWER Active power angle []
P.F. ** P/POWER Power factor [ ]
F **** P/POWER Frequency [Hz]
Time ** P/POWER DEMAND Demand time
Pda ** P/POWER DEMAND Active power [kW]****
Qda ** P/POWER DEMAND Reactive power [kvar]****
Sda ** P/POWER DEMAND Apparent power [kVA]****
Pfda ** P/POWER DEMAND Power factor [ ]****
fda ** P/POWER DEMAND Frequency [Hz]****
PL1 ** P/POWER/PHASE 1 Active power of phase 1 [kW]
QL1 ** P/POWER/PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 1 [kvar]
SL1 ** P/POWER/PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 1 [kVA]
PF_L1 ** P/POWER/PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 1 [ ]
cos ** P/COS & TAN Cosine phi [ ]
tan ** P/COS & TAN Tangent phi [ ]
cosL1 ** P/COS & TAN Cosine phi of phase L1 [ ]
P/PHASE Actual current phase sequency [OK;
Iseq **
SEQUENCIES Reverse; ??]
P/PHASE Io/Uo angle []
Io **
SEQUENCIES
P/PHASE Io2/Uo angle []
Io2 **
SEQUENCIES
P/PHASE Adopted frequency [Hz]
fAdop **
SEQUENCIES
P/PHASE Power direction
PDir **
SEQUENCIES
E+ ** E/ENERGY Exported energy [MWh]
Eq+ ** E/ENERGY Exported reactive energy [Mvar]
E- ** E/ENERGY Imported energy [MWh]
Eq- ** E/ENERGY Imported reactive energy [Mvar]
E+.nn ** E/DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of exported energy [ ]
Eq.nn ** E/DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of reactive energy [ ]
E-.nn ** E/DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of imported energy [ ]
Ewrap ** E/DECIMAL COUNT Energy control
E+ ** E/E-PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported energy [kWh]
Pulse size of exported reactive
Eq+ ** E/E-PULSE SIZES
energy [kvar]
E- ** E/E-PULSE SIZES Pulse size of imported energy [kWh]
Pulse duration of imported reactive
Eq- ** E/E-PULSE SIZES
energy [ms]
E/E-PULSE Pulse duration of exported energy
E+ **
DURATION [ms]
E/E-PULSE Pulse duration of exported reactive
Eq+ **
DURATION energy [ms]

16 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

Value Menu/Submenu
Menu/Submenu Description
E/E-PULSE Pulse duration of imported energy
E- **
DURATION [ms]
E/E-PULSE Pulse duration of imported reactive
Eq- **
DURATION energy [ms]
E+ ** E/Epulse TEST Test the exported energy pulse [ ]
Eq+ ** E/Epulse TEST Test the exported reactive energy [ ]
E- ** E/Epulse TEST Test the imported energy [ ]
Eq- ** E/Epulse TEST Test the imported reactive energy [ ]
IL1 *** I/PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL1 [A]
IL2 *** I/PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL2 [A]
IL3 *** I/PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL3 [A]
IL1da *** I/PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL1 [A]
IL2da *** I/PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL2 [A]
IL3da *** I/PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL3 [A]
I/SYMMETRIC Primary value of zerosequence/
Io ***
CURRENTS residual current Io [A]
I/SYMMETRIC Primary value of zero-
Io2 ***
CURRENTS sequence/residual current Io2 [A]
I/SYMMETRIC Calculated Io [A]
IoC ***
CURRENTS
I/SYMMETRIC Positive sequence current [A]
I1 ***
CURRENTS
I/SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current [A]
I2 ***
CURRENTS
Negative sequence current related
I/SYMMETRIC
I2/I1 *** to positive sequence current (for
CURRENTS
unbalance protection) [%]
I/HARM. Total harmonic distortion of the
THDIL ***
DISTORTION mean value of phase currents [%]
I/HARM. Total harmonic distortion of phase
THDIL1 ***
DISTORTION current IL1 [%]
I/HARM. Total harmonic distortion of phase
THDIL2 ***
DISTORTION current IL2 [%]
I/HARM. Total harmonic distortion of phase
THDIL3 ***
DISTORTION current IL3 [%]
Average value for the three line
Uline ** U/LINE VOLTAGES
voltages [V]
U12 ** U/LINE VOLTAGES Phase-to-phase voltage U12 [V]
U23 ** U/LINE VOLTAGES Phase-to-phase voltage U23 [V]
U31 ** U/LINE VOLTAGES Phase-to-phase voltage U31 [V]
U/PHASE Average for the three phase voltages
UL **
VOLTAGES [V]
U/PHASE Phase-to-neutral voltage UL1 [V]
UL1 **
VOLTAGES
U/PHASE Phase-to-neutral voltage UL2 [V]
UL2 **
VOLTAGES
U/PHASE Phase-to-neutral voltage UL3 [V]
UL3 **
VOLTAGES
U/SYMMETRIC Residual voltage Uo [%]
Uo ****
VOLTAGES

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 17

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

Value Menu/Submenu
Menu/Submenu Description
U/HARM. Total harmonic distortion of the
THDUa **
DISTORTION voltage input a [%]
U/VOLT. Voltage interrupts counter [ ]
Count **
INTERRUPTS
U/VOLT. Previous interruption [ ]
Prev **
INTERRUPTS
U/VOLT. Total duration of voltage
Total **
INTERRUPTS interruptions [days, hours]
U/VOLT. Duration of previous interruption [s]
Prev **
INTERRUPTS
U/VOLT. Voltage status [LOW; NORMAL]
Status **
INTERRUPTS
IL1har HARMONICS of IL1 Harmonics of phase current IL1 [%]
IL2har HARMONICS of IL2 Harmonics of phase current IL2 [%]
IL3har HARMONICS of IL3 Harmonics of phase current IL3 [%]
*) Available when voltage measurement option is U0.
**) Available when voltage measurement option is 1Line (line-to-line
voltage) or 1Phase (phase-to-neutral voltage).
***) In measurement option U0 this value is found under main menu Meas
instead of I.
****) In measurement option U0 this value is found at Meas/Miscellaneous

2.3.2. Reading event register

The event register is able to store 200 latest events and can be
read from the Evnt main menu:
1. Push the RIGHT key twice.
2. The EVENT LIST appears. The display contains a list of all
the events that have been configured to be included in the
event register. The upper row displays the event code, i.e.
E3, after which the event description is shown. The second
row displays the date and time of the event.
E3 DI2 on
2005-10-21 17:3

Figure 2.3-1. Example of an event register

3. Scroll through the event list with the UP and DOWN keys.
4. Exit the event list by pushing the LEFT key.

It is possible to set the order in which the events are sorted. If

the Order -parameter is set to New-Old, then the first event
in the EVENT LIST is the most recent event (Figure 2.3-2).

Evnt/EVENTS
Order: New-Old

EventScreen2

Figure 2.3-2. Figure of how to change order of event list

18 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

2.3.3. Forced control (Force)

In some menus it is possible to switch a function on and off by
using a force function. This feature can be used, for instance,
for testing a certain function. The force function can be
activated as follows:
1. Move to the setting state of the desired function, for
example DO (see chapter 2.4, on page 20).
2. Select the Force function.
D O / R E L AY O U T P U T S
Force: On

Figure 2.3-3. Selecting Force function

3. Push the ENTER key.

4. Push the UP or DOWN key to change the "OFF" text to
"ON", that is, to activate the Force function.
5. Push the ENTER key to return to the selection list. Choose
the signal to be controlled by force with the UP and DOWN
keys, for instance the T1 signal.
6. Push the ENTER key to confirm the selection. Signal T1
can now be controlled by force.
7. Push the UP or DOWN key to change the selection from "0"
(not alert) to "1" (alert) or vice versa.
8. Push the ENTER key to execute the forced control operation
of the selected function, e.g., making the output relay of T1
to pick up.
9. Repeat the steps 7 and 8 to alternate between the on and off
state of the function.
10. Repeat the steps 1...4 to exit the Force function.
11. Push the CANCEL key to return to the main menu.
NOTE! All the interlockings and blockings are bypassed when the force control
is used.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 19

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

2.4. Configuration and parameter setting

Operating level: CONFIGURATOR
Choose and configure the digital inputs in the DI submenu.
Configure the digital outputs in the DO submenu.
Select the needed protection functions in the Prot submenu.
Set the Device Setup, the scaling (for example Inom, Isec,
etc.) and the date and time in the CONF submenu.
Change the parameters of the protection functions in the
function-related submenus, for example I>.
Choose and configure the communication buses in the Bus
submenu.
Configure interlockings for objects and protection functions
with the VAMPSET software.

Some of the parameters can only be changed via the RS-232

serial port using the VAMPSET software. Such parameters,
(for example passwords, blockings) are normally set only
during commissioning.

Some of the parameters require the restarting of the relay. This

restarting is done automatically when necessary. If an attempt
to change such a parameter is made, the relay will inform
about the auto-reset feature by showing the following text:
Changing will cause autboot! (see Figure 2-1).

B u s / R E M O T E P O RT
Changing will ca

Figure 2-1. Example of auto-reset display

Press CANCEL to return to the setting view. If a parameter

must be changed, press the ENTER key again. The parameter
can now be set. If no key is pressed, the auto-reset will be
executed within few seconds. In the lower right corner of the
display an indicator will appear to inform of the impending
boot.

20 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

2.4.1. Parameter setting

1. Move to the desired screen of the menu (for example
CONF/CURRENT SCALING) by pushing the RIGHT key.
2. Enter the password associated with the configuration level
by pushing the INFO key and then using the arrow keys
and the ENTER key (default value = 0002). For more
information about the operating levels, please refer to 2.2.5.
3. If needed, scroll through the parameters using the UP and
DOWN keys.
4. Select the desired parameter (for example Inom) with the
ENTER key.
5. The Edit value text appears in the upper row of the
display.
6. Use the UP and DOWN keys to change a parameter value.
If the value contains more than one digit, use the LEFT and
RIGHT keys to shift from digit to digit, and the UP and
DOWN keys to change the digits.
7. Push the ENTER key to accept a new value. If you want to
leave the parameter value unchanged, exit the edit state by
pushing the CANCEL key.
paramm

VA M P 4 0 CONF/CURRENT SCA
CONF Inom: 200A

ENTER 4
5
CANCEL Edit value Inom
200
RIGHT

Figure 2.4-1.Changing parameters

2.4.2. Setting range limits

If the given parameter setting values are out-of-range values, a
fault message will start scrolling when the setting is confirmed
with the ENTER key. Adjust the setting to be within the
allowed range.

I l l e g a l Va l u e !
Limits: 0.00-60.00

Figure 2.4-2. Example of a fault message

Push the CANCEL key to return to the setting mode.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 21

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

2.4.3. Disturbance recorder menu DR

Via the submenus of the disturbance recorder menu the
following functions and features can be read and set:
DISTURBANCE RECORDER
Recording mode (Mode)
Sample rate (SR)
Recording time (Time)
Pre trig time (PreTrig)
Manual trigger (ManTrig)
Count of ready records (ReadyRec)
REC. CHANNELS
Add a link to the recorder (AddCh)
Clear all links (ClrCh)
Available links:
DO, DI
Uline, Uphase *
IL
I2/In, I2/I1, I2, I1, IoCalc
CosFii *
PF, S, Q, P *
f
Uo**
UL1 *
U12 *
Io2, Io
IL3, IL2, IL1
Tanfii *
Prms, Qrms, Srms
THDIL1, THDIL2, THDIL3
THDUa *
*) Only when measurement option is either 1Line (line-to-line voltage) or
1Phase (phase-to-neutral voltage)
**) Only when measurement option is U0

2.4.4. Configuring digital inputs DI

The following functions can be read and set via the submenus
of the digital inputs menu:
The status of digital inputs (DIGITAL INPUTS 1,2)
Operation counters (DI COUNTERS)
Operation delay (DELAYs for DigIn)
The polarity of the input signal (INPUT POLARITY). Either
normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) circuit.
Event enabling EVENT MASK1

22 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

2.4.5. Configuring digital outputs DO

The following functions can be read and set via the submenus
of the digital outputs menu:
The status of the output relays (RELAY OUTPUTS1 and 2)
The forcing of the output relays (RELAY OUTPUTS1 and 2)
(only if Force = ON):
o Forced control (0 or 1) of the Trip relays
o Forced control (0 or 1) of the Alarm relay
o Forced control (0 or 1) of the IF relay
The configuration of the output signals to the output relays.
The configuration of the operation indicators (LED) Alarm
and Trip and application specific alarm leds A, B, C, D, E
and F (that is, the output relay matrix).
NOTE! The amount of Trip and Alarm relays depends on the relay type and
optional hardware.

2.4.6. Protection menu Prot

The following functions can be read and set via the submenus
of the Prot menu:
Reset all the counters (PROTECTION SET/ClAll)
Read the status of all the protection functions (PROTECT
STATUS 1-x)
Enable and disable protection functions (ENABLED
STAGES 1-x)
Define the interlockings using block matrix (only with
VAMPSET).
Each stage of the protection functions can be disabled or
enabled individually in the Prot menu. When a stage is
enabled, it will be in operation immediately without a need to
reset the relay.
The relay includes several protection functions. However, the
processor capacity limits the number of protection functions
that can be active at the same time.

2.4.7. Configuration menu CONF

The following functions and features can be read and set via
the submenus of the configuration menu:
DEVICE SETUP
Bit rate for the command line interface in ports X4 and the
front panel. The front panel is always using this setting. If
SPABUS is selected for the rear panel local port X4, the bit
rate is according SPABUS settings.
Access level [Acc]

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 23

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

LANGUAGE
List of available languages in the relay
CURRENT SCALING
Rated phase CT primary current (Inom)
Rated phase CT secondary current (Isec)
Rated input of the relay [Iinput]is 5 A. The rated value is
selected at the back panel connector X6.
Rated value of I01 CT primary current (Ionom)
Rated value of I01 CT secondary current (Iosec)
Rated I01 input of the relay [Ioinp] is 5 A or 1 A. This is
specified in the order code of the device.
Rated value of I02 CT primary current (Io2nom)
Rated value of I02 CT secondary current (Io2sec)
Rated I02 input of the relay [Io2inp] is 1 A or 0.2 A. The
rated value is selected at the back panel connector X6.

The rated input values are usually equal to the rated secondary
value of the CT.
The rated CT secondary may be greater than the rated input
but the continuous current must be less than four times the
rated input. In compensated, high impedance earthed and
isolated networks using cable transformer to measure residual
current I0, it is quite usual to use a relay with 1 A or 0.2 A
input although the CT is 5 A or 1A. This increases the
measurement accuracy.
The rated CT secondary may also be less than the rated input
but the measurement accuracy near zero current will decrease.
VOLTAGE SCALING
Rated VT primary voltage (Uprim)
Rated VT secondary voltage (Usec)
Rated U0 VT secondary voltage (Uosec)
Voltage measuring mode (Umode)
MOTOR SETTING
Rated current of the motor (Imot).
DEVICE INFO
Relay type (Type VAMP 40)
Serial number (SerN)
Software version (PrgVer)
Bootcode version (BootVer)
DATE/TIME SETUP
Day, month and year (Date)
Time of day (Time)
Date format (Style). The choices are "yyyy-mm-dd",
"dd.nn.yyyy" and "mm/dd/yyyy".

24 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

CLOCK SYNCHRONISATION
Digital input for minute sync pulse (SyncDI). If any digital
input is not used for synchronization, select "".
Daylight saving time for NTP synchronization (DST).
Detected source of synchronization (SyScr).
Synchronization message counter (MsgCnt).
Latest synchronization deviation (Dev).

The following parameters are visible only when the access level
is higher than "User".
Offset, i.e. constant error, of the synchronization source
(SyOS).
Auto adjust interval (AAIntv).
Average drift direction (AvDrft): "Lead" or "lag".
Average synchronization deviation (FilDev).

2.4.8. Protocol menu Bus

There are three communication ports in the rear panel. In
addition there is a connector in the front panel overruling the
local port in the rear panel.
REMOTE PORT X4
Communication protocol for remote port X4 [Protocol].
Message counter [Msg#]. This can be used to verify that the
device is receiving messages.
Communication error counter [Errors].
Communication time-out error counter [Tout].
Information of bit rate/data bits/parity/stop bits.
This value is not directly editable. Editing is done in the
appropriate protocol setting menus.
The counters are useful when testing the communication.
LOCAL PORT (front panel and X4)
This port is disabled, if a cable is connected to the front panel
connector.
Communication protocol for the local port X4 [Protocol]. For
VAMPSET use "None" or "SPABUS".
Message counter [Msg#]. This can be used to verify that the
device is receiving messages.
Communication error counter [Errors].
Communication time-out error counter [Tout].
Information of bit rate/data bits/parity/stop bits.
This value is not directly editable. Editing is done in the
appropriate protocol setting menus. For VAMPSET and
protocol "None" the setting is done in menu CONF/DEVICE
SETUP.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 25

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

MODBUS
Modbus addres for this slave device [Addr]. This address
has to be unique within the system.
Modbus bit rate [bit/s]. Default is "9600".
Parity [Parity]. Default is "Even".
For details see the technical description part of the manual.
SPA BUS
Several instances of this protocol are possible.
SPABUS addres for this device [Addr]. This address has to
be unique within the system.
Bit rate [bit/s]. Default is "9600".
Event numbering style [Emode]. Default is "Channel".
For details see the technical description part of the manual.
IEC 60870-5-103
Only one instance of this protocol is possible.
Address for this device [Addr]. This address has to be
unique within the system.
Bit rate [bit/s]. Default is "9600".
Minimum measurement response interval [MeasInt].
ASDU6 response time mode [SyncRe].
For details see the technical description part of the manual.

IEC 103 DISTURBANCE RECORDINGS

For details see the technical description part of the manual.
PROFIBUS
Only one instance of this protocol is possible.
[Mode]
Bit rate [bit/s]. Use 2400 bps. This parameter is the bit rate
between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC. The actual
Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master
and can be up to 12 Mbit/s.
Event numbering style [Emode].
Size of the Profibus Tx buffer [InBuf].
Size of the Profibus Rx buffer [OutBuf].
When configuring the Profibus master system, the length of
these buffers are needed. The size of the both buffers is set
indirectly when configuring the data items for Profibus.
Address for this slave device [Addr]. This address has to be
unique within the system.
Profibus converter type [Conv]. If the shown type is a dash
-, either Profibus protocol has not been selected or the
device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a
communication problem between the main CPU and the
Profibus ASIC.

26 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Operation and configuration

For details see the technical description part of the manual.

DNP3
Only one instance of this protocol is possible.
Bit rate [bit/s]. Default is "9600".
[Parity].
Addres for this device [SlvAddr]. This address has to be
unique within the system.
Master's addres [MstrAddr].
For further details see the technical description part of the
manual.
IEC 60870-5-101
Bit rate [bit/s]. Default is 9600.
[Parity].
Link layer address for this device [LLAddr].
ASDU address [ALAddr].
For further details see the technical description part of the
manual.

TCP/IP
These TCP/IP parameters are used by the ethernet interface
module. For changing the nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn style parameter
values, VAMPSET is recommended.
IP address [IpAddr].
Net mask [NetMsk].
Gateway [Gatew].
Name server [NameSw].
Network time protocol (NTP) server [NTPSvr].
Protocol port for IP [Port]. Default is 502.

2.4.9. Blocking and interlocking configuration

The configuration of the blockings and interlockings is done
with the VAMPSET software. Any start or trip signal can be
used for blocking the operation of any protection stage.
Furthermore, the interlocking between objects can be
configured in the same blocking matrix of the VAMPSET
software. For more information, please refer to the VAMPSET
manual (VMV.EN0xx).

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 27

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Operation and configuration

3. VAMPSET PC software
The PC user interface can be used for:
On-site parameterization of the relay
Loading relay software from a computer
Reading measured values, registered values and events to a
computer.
Continuous monitoring of all values and events.
Two RS 232 serial ports are available for connecting a local PC
with VAMPSET to the relay; one on the front panel and one on
the rear panel of the relay. These two serial ports are connected
in parallel. However, if the connection cables are connected to
both ports, only the port on the front panel will be active. To
connect a PC to a serial port, use a connection cable of type VX
003-3.
The VAMPSET program can also use TCP/IP LAN connection.
Optional hardware is required.
There is a free of charge PC program called VAMPSET
available for configuration and setting of VAMP relays. Please
download the latest VAMPSET.exe from our web page
www.vamp.fi. For more information about the VAMPSET
software, please refer to the users manual with the code
VMV.EN0xx. Also the VAMPSET users manual is available at
our web site.

28 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Table of Contents

1. Introduction ............................................................................5
1.1. Main features ......................................................................6
1.2. Principles of numerical protection techniques .............7
2. Protection functions ...............................................................9
2.1. Maximum number of protection stages in one
application...................................................................................9
2.2. List of protection functions................................................9
2.3. General features of protection stages .........................10
2.4. Relay function dependencies .......................................13
2.4.1. Application modes..................................................13
2.4.2. Current protection function dependencies........14
2.5. Overcurrent protection I> (50/51) .................................14
2.6. Broken line protection I2/I1> (46R)..................................18
2.7. Current unbalance stage I2> (46)..................................19
2.8. Incorrect phase sequence protection I2>> (47) .........22
2.9. Stall protection Ist> (48)....................................................22
2.10. Frequent start protection N> (66) ..................................24
2.11. Undercurrent protection I< (37) .....................................26
2.12. Directional earth fault protection I0> (67N) ................26
2.13. Earth fault protection I0> (50N/51N) ..............................33
2.14. Intermittent transient earth fault protection I0T> (67NT)..
...........................................................................................38
2.15. Capacitor bank unbalance protection .......................44
2.16. Capacitor overvoltage protection UC> (59C).............48
2.17. Zero sequence voltage protection U0> (59N) .............52
2.18. Thermal overload protection T> (49) ............................55
2.19. Single-phase overvoltage protection U> (59) .............59
2.20. Single-phase undervoltage protection U< (27)...........61
2.21. Reverse power and under power protection P< (32) 62
2.22. Circuit breaker failure stage CBFP (50BF).....................64
2.23. Programmable stages (99) .............................................65
2.24. Arc fault protection (50ARC/50NARC)-optional .........68
2.25. Inverse time operation ....................................................71
2.25.1. Standard inverse delays IEC, IEEE, IEEE2, RI .........74
2.25.2.Free parametrisation using IEC, IEEE and IEEE2
equations ..................................................................83
2.25.3. Programmable inverse time curves......................84
3. Supporting functions ............................................................86
3.1. Event log............................................................................86
3.2. Disturbance recorder ......................................................87
3.3. Cold load pick-up and inrush current detection ........91
3.4. Current transformer supervision .....................................93
3.5. Circuit breaker condition monitoring............................93
3.6. Energy pulse outputs .......................................................99
3.7. System clock and synchronization ............................. 102

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 1

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

3.8. Running hour counter................................................... 105

3.9. Timers............................................................................... 106
3.10. Combined overcurrent status ..................................... 107
3.11. Self-supervision............................................................... 109
3.11.1. Diagnostics ............................................................ 110
4. Measurement functions.....................................................111
4.1. Measurement accuracy.............................................. 111
4.2. RMS values ..................................................................... 112
4.3. Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) ...... 112
4.4. Demand values ............................................................. 113
4.5. Minimum and maximum values.................................. 114
4.6. Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve
months ..................................................................................... 115
4.7. Voltage measurement modes.................................... 115
4.8. Power calculations ....................................................... 117
4.9. Direction of power and current .................................. 118
4.10. Symmetric components............................................... 119
4.11. Primary, secondary and per unit scaling................... 119
4.11.1. Current scaling...................................................... 120
4.11.2. Voltage scaling..................................................... 122
5. Control functions ................................................................125
5.1. Output relays ................................................................. 125
5.2. Digital inputs................................................................... 126
5.3. Virtual inputs and outputs ............................................ 127
5.4. Output matrix................................................................. 128
5.5. Blocking matrix .............................................................. 129
5.6. Controllable objects ..................................................... 129
5.6.1. Local/Remote selection ...................................... 131
5.7. Auto-reclose function (79) ........................................... 132
5.8. Logic functions .............................................................. 139
5.9. Function keys ................................................................. 139
6. Communication .................................................................140
6.1. Communication ports .................................................. 140
6.1.1. Local port (Front panel and X4) ......................... 141
6.1.2. Remote port X4 (pin 2 & 3).................................. 143
6.1.3. Optional 61850 interface..................................... 143
6.2. Communication protocols .......................................... 144
6.2.1. PC communication .............................................. 144
6.2.2. Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU ........................... 144
6.2.3. Profibus DP ............................................................. 145
6.2.4. SPA-bus................................................................... 147
6.2.5. IEC 60870-5-103 ..................................................... 147
6.2.6. DNP 3.0 ................................................................... 149
6.2.7. IEC 60870-5-101 ..................................................... 150
6.2.8. TCP/IP ..................................................................... 152
6.2.9. External I/O (Modbus RTU master) ..................... 152
6.2.10. IEC 61850................................................................ 152

2 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

7. Applications........................................................................153
7.1. Substation feeder protection ...................................... 153
7.2. Industrial feeder protection......................................... 154
7.3. Trip circuit supervision ................................................... 154
7.3.1. Trip circuit supervision with one digital input .... 155
7.3.2. Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs ... 156
8. Connections .......................................................................157
8.1. Rear panel view ............................................................ 157
8.2. Digital inputs................................................................... 158
8.3. Auxiliary voltage ............................................................ 159
8.4. Output relays ................................................................. 159
8.5. Serial communication connection............................. 159
8.5.1. Pin assignments of communication ports ......... 159
8.6. Arc protection (option) ................................................ 160
8.7. External option modules .............................................. 161
8.7.1. External input / output module .......................... 161
8.8. Block diagrams .............................................................. 165
8.9. Block diagrams of optional arc modules .................. 166
8.10. Connection examples.................................................. 167
9. Technical data ...................................................................170
9.1. Connections................................................................... 170
9.1.1. Measuring circuitry ............................................... 170
9.1.2. Auxiliary voltage ................................................... 170
9.1.3. Digital inputs .......................................................... 170
9.1.4. Trip contacts .......................................................... 171
9.1.5. Alarm contacts ..................................................... 171
9.1.6. Local serial communication port ....................... 171
9.1.7. Remote control connection ............................... 171
9.1.8. Arc protection interface (option) ...................... 172
9.2. Tests and environmental conditions .......................... 172
9.2.1. Disturbance tests .................................................. 172
9.2.2. Test voltages .......................................................... 172
9.2.3. Mechanical tests .................................................. 172
9.2.4. Environmental conditions .................................... 172
9.2.5. Casing .................................................................... 173
9.2.6. Package................................................................. 173
9.3. Protection stages .......................................................... 173
9.3.1. Overcurrent protection........................................ 173
9.3.2. Frequent start protection .................................... 177
9.3.3. Voltage protection............................................... 178
9.3.4. Power protection .................................................. 179
9.3.5. Circuit-breaker failure protection ...................... 179
9.3.6. Arc fault protection (option) .............................. 180
9.4. Supporting functions..................................................... 181
9.4.1. Disturbance recorder (DR) .................................. 181
9.4.2. Inrush current detection (68) .............................. 181
9.4.3. Transformer supervision ........................................ 181

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 3

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9.4.4. Voltage sag & swell.............................................. 182

9.4.5. Voltage interruptions............................................ 182
10. Abbreviations and symbols ..............................................183
11. Construction .......................................................................185
12. Order information...............................................................186
12.1. Ordering codes of VAMP feeder and motor
protection relay............................................................. 186
13. Revision history ...................................................................187
13.1. Manual revision history ................................................. 187
13.2. Firmware revision history............................................... 187
14. Reference information .......................................................189

4 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

1. Introduction
This part of the user manual describes the protection functions,
provides a few application examples and contains technical
data.
The numerical VAMP device includes all the essential
protection functions needed to protect feeders and motors in
distribution networks of utilities, industry, power plants and
offshore applications. Further, the device includes several
programmable functions, such as arc (option), thermal, trip
circuit supervision and circuit breaker protection and
communication protocols for various protection and
communication situations.

400kV/200 kV
transmission
network 110 kV network Remote control
Transmission
substations
Power
plants

Distribution
Remote Control Interface substation

Protection
VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

Alarm Alarm

Trip Trip

A
3 1
B

relay
D

F
2
4

VAMP 40
VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay VAMP 40 Feeder / Motor Protection Relay
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power
Power Power
Power Power
Error Error
Error Error
Error Error
Alarm Alarm
Alarm Alarm
Alarm Alarm
Trip Trip
Trip Trip
Trip Trip
A
3 1 A
A
3
B 3 1 B
1
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
F
2 F
F
2
2
4 4
4

Circuit Protection I/O

breaker relay

20 kV overhead line

20 kV cable
Secondary
substation network Distribution transformer
(distribution
230/400V 230/400V
transformer)
VAMP40_ Sovelluskuva

Figure 1.1-1. Application of the feeder and motor protection relay

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 5

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

1.1. Main features

Fully digital signal handling with a powerful 16-bit
microprocessor, and high measuring accuracy on all the
setting ranges due to an accurate 16-bit A/D conversion
technique.
Wide setting ranges for the protection functions, e.g. the
earth fault protection can reach a sensitivity of 0.5%.
The device can be matched to the requirements of the
application by disabling the functions that are not needed.
Flexible control and blocking possibilities due to digital
signal control inputs (DI) and outputs (DO).
Easy adaptability of the device to various substations and
alarm systems due to flexible signal-grouping matrix in the
device.
Configurable display with 4 measurement values.
Recording of events and fault values into an event register
from which the data can be read via a keypad and a local
HMI or by means of a PC based VAMPSET user interface.
All events, indications, parameters and waveforms are in
non-volatile memory.
Easy configuration, parameterisation and reading of
information via local HMI, or with a VAMPSET user
interface.
Easy connection to power plant automation system due to a
versatile serial connection and several available
communication protocols.
Built-in, self-regulating ac/dc converter for wide range
auxiliary power supply from any source within the range
from 19 to 265 V dc or ac.
Built-in disturbance recorder for evaluating all the analogue
and digital signals.

6 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

1.2. Principles of numerical protection

techniques
The device is fully designed using numerical technology. This
means that all the signal filtering, protection and control
functions are implemented through digital processing.
The numerical technique used in the device is primarily based
on an adapted Fast Fourier Transformation (FFT). In FFT the
number of calculations (multiplications and additions), which
are required to filter out the measuring quantities, remains
reasonable.
By using synchronized sampling of the measured signal
(voltage or current) and a sample rate according to the 2n
series, the FFT technique leads to a solution, which can be
realized with just a 16 bit micro controller, without using a
separate DSP (Digital Signal Processor).
The synchronized sampling means an even number of 2n
samples per period (e.g. 32 samples per a period). This means
that the frequency must be measured and the number of the
samples per period must be controlled accordingly so that the
number of the samples per period remains constant if the
frequency changes. Therefore, some current has to be injected
to the current input IL1 to adapt the network frequency for the
device. However, if this is not possible then the frequency must
be parameterised to the device.
Apart from the FFT calculations, some protection functions also
require the symmetrical components to be calculated for
obtaining the positive, negative and zero phase sequence
components of the measured quantity. For example, the
function of the unbalanced load protection stage is based on the
use of the negative phase sequence component of the current.
Figure 1.2-1 shows a principle block diagram of a numerical
device. The main components are the energizing inputs, digital
input elements, output relays, A/D converters and the micro
controller including memory circuits. Further, a device contains
a power supply unit and a human-machine interface (HMI).
Figure 1.2-2 shows the heart of the numerical technology. That
is the main block diagram for calculated functions.
Figure 1.2-3 shows a principle diagram of a single-phase
overvoltage or overcurrent function.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 7

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 1.2-1 Principle block diagram of the VAMP hardware

k212_2DI

Protection
Calculation of functions Block matrix Output matrix
symmetric
components
Output relay
FFT calculation Im control
I
Amplitude and Trip
32 samples / cycle phase shift of
base freqency
component

Um start
U
Block
32 samples / cycle

Digital 2
inputs

Settings

Figure 1.2-2 Block diagram of signal processing and protection software

Figure 1.2-3 Block diagram of a basic protection function

8 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

2. Protection functions
Each protection stage can independently be enabled or disabled
according to the requirements of the intended application.

2.1. Maximum number of protection

stages in one application
The device limits the maximum number of enabled stages to
about 30, depending of the type of the stages. For more
information, please see the configuration instructions in
chapter 2.4 in the Operation and Configuration instruction.

2.2. List of protection functions

IEEE/ANSI IEC symbol Function name Note
code
50/51 3I>, 3I>>, 3I>>> Overcurrent protection
46R I2/I1> Broken line protection
46 I2> Current unbalance protection Only available when
Incorrect phase sequence application option is
47 I2>> in motor protection
protection
mode. Please also
48 Ist> Stall protection
see chapter 4.7 for
66 N> Frequent start protection more information
49 T> Thermal overload protection
37 I< Undercurrent protection
I0>, I0>>, I0>>>, Earth fault protection
50N/51N
I0>>>>
I0T> Intermittent transient earth
67NT
fault protection
Capacitor bank unbalance
protection
Uc> Capacitor overvoltage
59C
protection
0>, 0>> Directional earth fault
67N Only available when
protection
measurement option
U0>, U0>> zero sequence voltage is U0
59N
protection
U>, U>>, U>>> Single-phase overvoltage Only available when
59
protection measurement option
U<, U<<, U<<< Single-phase undervoltage is 1LL
1LL (line-
(line-to-
to-line
line
27 voltage) or 1LN
1LN
protection
(phase-
(phase-to-
to-neutral
P<, P<< Reverse and underpower
voltage). Please also
32 protection
see chapter 4.7 for
more information
CBFP Circuit-breaker failure
50BF
protection
99 Prg1...8 Programmable stages
50ARC/ ArcI>, ArcI01>, Optional arc fault protection
50NARC ArcI02> (with an external module)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 9

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

2.3. General features of protection stages

Setting groups
Most stages have two setting groups. Changing between
setting groups can be controlled manually or using any of the
digital inputs, virtual inputs, virtual outputs or LED indicator
signals. By using virtual I/O the active setting group can be
controlled using the local panel display, any communication
protocol or using the inbuilt programmable logic functions.
Forcing start or trip condition for testing
The status of a protection stage can be one of the followings:
Ok = The stage is not detecting any fault.
Blocked The stage is detecting a fault but blocked by
some reason.
Start The stage is counting the operation delay.
Trip The stage has tripped and the fault is still on.

The blocking reason may be an active signal via the block

matrix from other stages, the programmable logic or any digital
input. Some stages also have inbuilt blocking logic. For more
details about block matrix, see chapter 5.5.
5.5
Forcing start or trip condition for testing purposes
There is a "Force flag" parameter which, when activated, allows
forcing the status of any protection stage to be "start" or "trip"
for a half second. By using this forcing feature any current or
voltage injection to the device is not necessary to check the
output matrix configuration, to check the wiring from the
output relays to the circuit breaker and also to check that
communication protocols are correctly transferring event
information to a SCADA system.
After testing the force flag will automatically reset 5-minute
after the last local panel push button activity.
The force flag also enables forcing of the output relays.
Start and trip signals
Every protection stage has two internal binary output signals:
start and trip. The start signal is issued when a fault has been
detected. The trip signal is issued after the configured
operation delay unless the fault disappears before the end of
the delay time.

10 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Output matrix
Using the output matrix the user connects the internal start
and trip signals to the output relays and indicators. For more
details see chapter 5.4.
5.4
Blocking
Any protection function, except arc protection, can be blocked
with internal and external signals using the block matrix
(chapter 5.5).
5.5 Internal signals are for example logic outputs and
start and trip signals from other stages and external signals
are for example digital and virtual inputs.
When a protection stage is blocked, it won't pick-up in case of a
fault condition is detected. If blocking is activated during the
operation delay, the delay counting is frozen until the blocking
goes off or the pick-up reason, i.e. the fault condition,
disappears. If the stage is already tripping, the blocking has no
effect.
Retardation time
Retardation time is the time a protection relay needs to notice,
that a fault has been cleared during the operation time delay.
This parameter is important when grading the operation time
delay settings between relays.
RetardationTime

tFAULT
tRET < 50 ms

DELAY SETTING > tFAULT + tRET

TRIP CONTACTS

Figure 2.3-1. Definition for retardation time. If the delay setting would be
slightly shorter, an unselective trip might occur (the dash line pulse).

For example when there is a big fault in an outgoing feeder, it

might start i.e. pick-up both the incoming and outgoing feeder
relay. However the fault must be cleared by the outgoing
feeder relay and the incoming feeder relay must not trip.
Although the operating delay setting of the incoming feeder is
more than at the outgoing feeder, the incoming feeder might
still trip, if the operation time difference is not big enough. The
difference must be more than the retardation time of the
incoming feeder relay plus the operating time of the outgoing
feeder circuit breaker.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 11

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 2.3-1 shows an overcurrent fault seen by the incoming

feeder, when the outgoing feeder does clear the fault. If the
operation delay setting would be slightly shorter or if the fault
duration would be slightly longer than in the figure, an
unselective trip might happen (the dashed 40 ms pulse in the
figure). In VAMP devices the retardation time is less than 50
ms.
Reset time (release time)
Figure 2.3-2 shows an example of reset time i.e. release delay,
when the relay is clearing an overcurrent fault. When the
relay's trip contacts are closed the circuit breaker (CB) starts to
open. After the CB contacts are open the fault current will still
flow through an arc between the opened contacts. The current
is finally cut off when the arc extinguishes at the next zero
crossing of the current. This is the start moment of the reset
delay. After the reset delay the trip contacts and start contact
are opened. The reset time varies from fault to fault depending
on the fault size. After a big fault the time is longer. The reset
time also depends on the specific protection stage. The
maximum reset time for each stage is specified in chapter 9.3.
For most stages it is less than 95 ms.
ReleaseTime

tSET
tCB
tRESET
TRIP CONTACTS

Figure 2.3-2. Reset time is the time it takes the trip or start relay contacts
to open after the fault has been cleared.

Hysteresis or dead band

When comparing a measured value against a pick-up value,
some amount of hysteresis is needed to avoid oscillation near
equilibrium situation. With zero hysteresis any noise in the
measured signal or any noise in the measurement itself would
cause unwanted oscillation between fault-on and fault-off
situations.

12 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Hysteresis_GT

hysteresis
PICK UP LEVEL

> PICK UP

Figure 2.3-3. Behaviour of a greater than comparator. For example in

overcurrent and overvoltage stages the hysteresis (dead band) acts
according this figure.
Hysteresis_LT
hysteresis

PICK UP LEVEL

< PICK UP

Figure 2.3-4. Behaviour of a less than comparator. For example in under-

voltage and under frequency stages the hysteresis (dead band) acts
according this figure.

2.4. Relay function dependencies

2.4.1. Application modes
The application modes available are the feeder protection mode
and the motor protection mode. In the feeder protection mode
all current dependent protection functions are relative to
nominal current In derived by CT ratios. The motor protection
functions are unavailable in the feeder protection mode. In the
motor protection mode all current dependent protection
functions are relative to motors nominal current Imot. The
motor protection mode enables motor protection functions. All
functions which are available in the feeder protection mode are
also available in the motor protection mode. Default value of
the application mode is the feeder protection mode.
The application mode can be changed with VAMPSET software
or from CONF menu of the device. Changing the application
mode requires configurator password.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 13

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

2.4.2. Current protection function dependencies

The current based protection functions are relative to IMODE,
which is dependent of the application mode. In the motor
protection mode all of the current based functions are relative
to IMOT and in the feeder protection mode to IN with following
exceptions.
I2> (46), I2>> (47), IST> (48), N> (66) are always dependent on
IMOT and they are only available when application mode is in
the motor protection.

2.5. Overcurrent protection I> (50/51)

Overcurrent protection is used against short circuit faults and
heavy overloads.
The overcurrent function measures the fundamental frequency
component of the phase currents. The protection is sensitive for
the highest of the three phase currents. Whenever this value
exceeds the user's pick-up setting of a particular stage, this
stage picks up and a start signal is issued. If the fault
situation remains on longer than the user's operation delay
setting, a trip signal is issued.
Three independent stages
There are three separately adjustable overcurrent stages: I>,
I>> and I>>>. The first stage I> can be configured for definite
time (DT) or inverse time operation characteristic (IDMT). The
stages I>> and I>>> have definite time operation
characteristic. By using the definite delay type and setting the
delay to its minimum, an instantaneous (ANSI 50) operation is
obtained.
Figure 2.5-1 shows a functional block diagram of the I>
overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation
time. Figure 2.5-1 shows a functional block diagram of the I>>
and I>>> overcurrent stages with definite time operation delay.
Inverse operation time
Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the
amount the measured current exceeds the pick-up setting. The
bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation.
Accomplished inverse delays are available for the I> stage. The
inverse delay types are described in chapter 2.25. The device
will show the currently used inverse delay curve graph on the
local panel display.

14 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Inverse time limitation

The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIN. This
limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick-up settings.
See chapter 2.25 for more information.
Cold load and inrush current handling
See chapter 3.3.
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available for each stage.
Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital
inputs, virtual inputs (communication, logic) and manually.

Figure 2.5-1 Block diagram of the three-phase overcurrent stage I>.

Figure 2.5-1 Block diagram of the three-phase overcurrent stage I>> and
I>>>.

Parameters of the overcurrent stage I> (50/51)

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
TripTime s Estimated time to trip
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 15

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

SGrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input Set
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too. This flag is
automatically reset 5 minutes
after the last front panel push
button pressing.
ILmax A The supervised value. Max. of
IL1, IL2 and IL3
I> A Pick-up value scaled to
primary value
I> xImode Pick-up setting Set
Curve Delay curve family:
DT Definite time
IEC Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
IEEE Set
IEEE2 Pre 1996
RI
PrgN
Type Delay type.
DT Definite time
NI Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
VI Set
EI
LTI
Paramet
ers
t> s Definite operation time (for Set
definite time only)
k> Inverse delay multiplier (for Set
inverse time only)
Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset
Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset
Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset
Dly1x s Delay at 1xIset
A, B, C, D, User's constants for standard Set
E equations. Type=Parameters.
See chapter 2.25.
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

16 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters of the overcurrent stages I>>, I>>> (50/51)

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
ILmax A The supervised value. Max. of
IL1, IL2 and IL3
I>>, I>>> A Pick-up value scaled to
primary value
I>>, I>>> xImode Pick-up setting Set
t>>, t>>> s Definite operation time Set
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3 .
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There are detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, fault type, fault current, load current
before the fault, elapsed delay and setting group.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 17

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Recorded values of the overcurrent stages (8 latest faults)

I>, I>>, I>>> (50/51)
Parameter
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Type Fault type
1-N Ground fault
2-N Ground fault
3-N Ground fault
1-2 Two phase fault
2-3 Two phase fault
3-1 Two phase fault
1-2-3 Three phase fault
Flt xImode Maximum fault current
Load xImode 1 s average phase currents before
the fault
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.6. Broken line protection I2/I1> (46R)

The purpose of the broken line protection is to detect
unbalanced load conditions, for example a broken wire of a
heavy loaded overhead line in case there is no earth fault.
The operation of the unbalanced load function is based on the
negative phase sequence component I2 related to the positive
phase sequence component I1. This is calculated from the phase
currents using the method of symmetrical components. The
function requires that the measuring inputs are connected
correctly so that the rotation direction of the phase currents are
as in chapter 8.10. The unbalance protection has definite time
operation characteristic.

I2
K2 = , where
I1

I1 = IL1 + aIL2 + a2IL3

I2 = IL1 + a2IL2 + aIL3
1 3
a = 1120 = + j , a phasor rotating constant
2 2

18 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Setting parameters of unbalanced load function:

I2/I1> (46R)
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
I2/I1> 2 70 % 20 Setting value, I2/I1
t> 1.0 600.0 s 10.0 Definite operating time
Type DT - DT The selection of time
INV characteristics
S_On Enabled; - Enabled Start on event
Disabled
S_Off Enabled; - Enabled Start off event
Disabled
T_On Enabled; - Enabled Trip on event
Disabled
T_Off Enabled; - Enabled Trip off event
Disabled

Measured and recorded values of unbalanced load

function:
I2/I1> (46R)
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured I2/I1 % Relative negative sequence
value component
Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter
values TCntr Cumulative start counter
Flt % Maximum I2/I1 fault component
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operating time, 100% =
tripping

2.7. Current unbalance stage I2> (46)

Current unbalance in a motor causes double frequency currents
in the rotor. This warms up the surface of the rotor and the
available thermal capacity of the rotor is much less than the
thermal capacity of the whole motor. Thus an rms current
based overload protection (see chapter 2.18) is not capable to
protect a motor against current unbalance.
The current unbalance protection is based on the negative
sequence of the base frequency phase currents. Both definite
time and inverse time characteristics are available.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 19

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Inverse delay
The inverse delay is based on the following equation.
Equation 2.7-1

K1
T= 2
, where
I2
K 22
I MOT
T = Operation time
K1 = Delay multiplier
I2 = Measured and calculated negative sequence phase
current of fundamental frequency.
IMOT = Nominal current of the motor
K2 = Pick-up setting I2> in pu. The maximum allowed
degree of unbalance.

Example:
K1 = 15 s
I2 = 22.9 % = 0.229 xIMOT
K2 = 5 % = 0.05 xIMOT

15
t= 2
= 300.4
0.229 2
0.05
1
The operation time in this example will be five minutes.

More stages (definite time delay only)

If more than one definite time delay stages are needed for
current unbalance protection, the freely programmable stages
can be used (chapter 2.25).
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available. Switching between
setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs, virtual
inputs (communication, logic) and manually.

20 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

CurrentUnbalanceChar
2000
1000

500 K2 = 2 % K2 = 40 % K2 = 70 %

200

Operation time (s)

100 K1 = 50 s

50

K2 = 2 % K2 = 40 % K2 = 70 %
20
10

5
K1 = 1 s
2
1
0 20 40 60 80 100
Negative sequence current I2 (%)

Figure 2.7-1. Inverse operation delay of current unbalance stage I2>. The
longest delay is limited to 1000 seconds (=16min 40s).

Parameters of the current unbalance stage I2> (46)

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off
Force flag for status forcing for Set
test purposes. This is a
On
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
I2/Imot %Imot The supervised value.
I2> %Imot Pick-up setting Set
t> s Definite operation time Set
(Type=DT)
Type DT Definite time Set
INV Inverse time (Equation 2.7-1)
K1 s Delay multiplier (Type =INV) Set
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 21

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There is detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, unbalance current, elapsed delay and
setting group.
Recorded values of the current unbalance stage (8 latest
faults) I2> (46)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt %Imot Maximum unbalance current
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the
2 fault

2.8. Incorrect phase sequence protection

I2>> (47)
The phase sequence stage prevents the motor from running in
the wrong direction, thus protecting the load.
When the ratio between negative and positive sequence current
exceeds 80%, the phase sequence stage starts and trips after
100 ms.
Parameters of the incorrect phase sequence stage:
I2>> (47)
Parameter Value/unit Description
Measured I2/I1 % Neg. phase seq. current/pos.
value phase seq. current
Recorded SCntr Start counter (Start) reading
values TCntr Trip counter (Trip) reading
Flt % Max. value of fault current
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operate time, 100% =
tripping

2.9. Stall protection Ist> (48)

The stall protection unit Ist> measures the fundamental
frequency component of the phase currents.
Stage Ist> can be configured for definite time or inverse time
operation characteristic.
The stall protection stage protects the motor against prolonged
starts caused by e.g. a stalled rotor. While the current has been
less than ISTOP for at least 500 ms and then within 200

22 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

milliseconds exceeds IStartMin the stall protection stage starts to

count the operation time T according to Equation 2.9-1. The
equation is also drawn in Figure 2.9-1. When current drops
below 120 % x Imot the stall protection stage releases. Stall
protection is active only during the start of the motor.
Equation 2.9-1

I START
T= TSTART , where
I MEAS
T = Operation time
ISTART = Start current of the motor. Default 6.00xImot
IMEAS = Measured current during start
TSTART = Maximum allowed start time for the motor

TIME

TSTART

IstartMin ISTART CURRENT

Figure 2.9-1 Operation time delay of the stall protection stage Ist>.

If the measured current is less than the specified start current

Istart the operation time will be longer than the specified start
time Tstart and vice versa.
Istlohko

Im1
& Start
Im2
Im3
MAX > ts tr
& Register
event
Block t

Trip
1

& Register
event

Motor nom. Delay Definite / inverse Inverse delay Enable events

start current time

Figure 2.9-2 Block diagram of the stall protection stage Ist>.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 23

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameters of the stall protection stage:

Ist> (48)
Parameter Value/unit Description
Setting ImotSt xImot Nominal motor starting
values current
Ist> %Imot Motor start detection current.
Must be less than initial motor
starting current.
Type DT Operation charact./ definite
time
Inv Operation charact./ inverse
time
tDT> s Operation time [s]
tInv> s Time multiplier at inverse
time
Recorded SCntr Start counter (Start) reading
values TCntr Trip counter (Trip) reading
Flt xImot Max. value of fault.
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operate time, 100% =
tripping

2.10. Frequent start protection N> (66)

The simplest way to start an asynchronous motor is just to
switch the stator windings to the supply voltages. However
every such start will heat up the motor considerably because
the initial currents are significantly above the rated current.
If the motor manufacturer has defined the maximum number of
starts within on hour or/and the minimum time between two
consecutive starts this stage is easy to apply to prevent too
frequent starts.
When current has been less that Istop and then exceeds IStartMin
the situation is recognized as a start. A typical setting for
IStartMin is 150 % x IMOT. When the current is less than 10 % x
IMOT, the motor is regarded as stopped.
The stage will give a start signal when the second last start has
been done. The trip signal is normally activated and released
when there are no starts left. Figure 2.10-1 shows an
application.

24 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

+ +
- -
STOP START
Open Close
coil coil

M
+

VAMP relay
Output matrix
T1 A1

I> start
I> trip

N> alarm
N> motor start inhibit

NStageAppl_40

Figure 2.10-1 Application for preventing too frequent starting, using the N>
stage. The relay A1 has been configured to be normal closed. The start is
just an alarm telling that there is only one start left at the moment.

Parameters of the frequent start protection:

N> (66)
Parameter Value/unit Description
Measured Mot strs Motor starts in last hour
value T Min Elapsed time from motor start
Setting Sts/h Max. starts in one hour
values Interval Min Min. interval between two
consecutive starts
Recorded SCntr Start counter (Start) reading
values TCntr Trip counter (Trip) reading
Descr 1StartLeft 1 start left, activates the N>
start signal
MaxStarts Max. start trip, activates the
N> trip signal
Interval Min. interval between two
consecutive starts has not yet
been elapsed, activates the N>
trip signal
Tot Mot Number of total motor starts
Strs
Mot Strs/h Number of motor starts in last
hour
El. Time Min Elapsed time from the last
from mot motor start
Strt

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 25

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

2.11. Undercurrent protection I< (37)

The undercurrent unit measures the fundamental frequency
component of the phase currents.
The stage I< can be configured for definite time characteristic.
The undercurrent stage is protecting rather the device driven
by the motor e.g. a submersible pump, than the motor itself.
Parameters of the undercurrent stage:
I< (37)
Parameter Value/unit Description
Measured ILmin A Min. value of phase currents
value IL1IL3 in primary value
Setting I< xImode Setting value as per times Imot
values t< S Operation time [s]
Recorded SCntr Start counter (Start) reading
values TCntr Trip counter (Trip) reading
Type 1-N, 2-N Fault type/single-phase fault
3-N e.g.: 1-N = fault on phase L1
1-2, 2-3 Fault type/two-phase fault
1-3 e.g.: 2-3 = fault between L2 and
L3
1-2-3 Fault type/three-phase fault
Flt % Min. value of fault current as
per times Imot
Load % 1s mean value of pre-fault
currents IL1IL3
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operate time, 100% =
tripping

2.12. Directional earth fault protection

I0> (67N)
The directional earth fault protection is used for earth faults in
networks or motors where a selective and sensitive earth fault
protection is needed and in applications with varying network
structure and length.
The device consists of versatile protection functions for earth
fault protection in various network types.
The function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency
component of the residual current and zero sequence voltage
and the phase angle between them. The attenuation of the
third harmonic is more than 60 dB. Whenever the size of I0
and U0 and the phase angle between I0 and U0 fulfils the pick-
up criteria, the stage picks up and a start signal is issued. If

26 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

the fault situation remains on longer than the user's operation

time delay setting, a trip signal is issued.
Polarization
The negative zero sequence voltage U0 is used for polarization
i.e. the angle reference for I0. This U0 voltage is measured via
energizing input U0 (see chapter 4.7):
1LL / 1LN: directional earth fault protection is disabled du
to no U0 measured.
U0: The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage
transformer(s) for example using a broken delta connection.
The setting values are relative to the VT0 secondary voltage
defined in configuration.
NOTE! The U0 signal must be connected according the connection diagram
(Figure 8.10-1) in order to get a correct polarization. Please note that
actually the negative U0, U0, is connected to the device.

Modes for different network types

The available modes are:
ResCap
This mode consists of two sub modes, Res and Cap. A digital
signal can be used to dynamically switch between these two
sub modes. This feature can be used with compensated
networks, when the Petersen coil is temporarily switched
off.
o Res
The stage is sensitive to the resistive component of
the selected I0 signal. This mode is used with
compensated networks (resonant grounding) and
networks earthed with a high resistance.
Compensation is usually done with a Petersen coil
between the neutral point of the main transformer
and earth. In this context "high resistance" means,
that the fault current is limited to be less than the
rated phase current. The trip area is a half plane as
drawn in Figure 2.12-2. The base angle is usually set
to zero degrees.
o Cap
The stage is sensitive to the capacitive component of
the selected I0 signal. This mode is used with
unearthed networks.
networks. The trip area is a half plane as
drawn in Figure 2.12-2. The base angle is usually set
to zero degrees.
Sector
This mode is used with networks earthed with a small
resistance. In this context "small" means, that a fault
current may be more than the rated phase currents. The
trip area has a shape of a sector as drawn in Figure 2.12-3.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 27

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

The base angle is usually set to zero degrees or slightly on

the lagging inductive side (i.e. negative angle).
Undir
This mode makes the stage equal to the undirectional stage
I0>. The phase angle and U0 amplitude setting are
discarded. Only the amplitude of the selected I0 input is
supervised.
Input signal selection
Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following
inputs and signals:
Input I01 for all networks other than rigidly earthed.
Input I02 for all networks other than rigidly earthed.
Calculated signal I0Calc for rigidly and low impedance
earthed networks. I0Calc = IL1 + IL2 + IL3 = 3I0.

Additionally the stage I0> have two more input signal

alternatives to measure current peaks to detect short restriking
intermittent earth faults:
I01Peak to measure the peak value of input I01.
I02Peak to measure the peak value of input I02.
Intermittent earth fault detection
Short earth faults make the protection to start (to pick up), but
will not cause trip. When starting happens often enough, such
intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time
setting. The mode should be Undir. The phase angle detection
of I0 in directional mode is insecure.
When a new start happens within the set intermittent time,
the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent
faults and finally the stage will trip. By using input signals
I01Peak or I02Peak a single one-millisecond current peak is enough
to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms. For
example if the operating time is 120 ms, and the time between
two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting, the
sixth peak will cause a trip.

Two independent stages

There are two separately adjustable stages: I> and I>>.
Both the stages can be configured for definite time delay (DT)
or inverse time delay operation time.
Inverse operation time
Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the
amount the measured current exceeds the pick-up setting. The
bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation.
Accomplished inverse delays are available for both stages I0>
and I0>>. The inverse delay types are described in chapter

28 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

2.25. The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured

delay on the local panel display.
Inverse time limitation
The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xI0N
and maximum measured phase current is 50xIN. This limits the
scope of inverse curves with high pick-up settings. See chapter
2.25 for more information.
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available for each stage.
Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital
inputs, virtual inputs (communication, logic) and manually.

Figure 2.12-1. Block diagram of the directional earth fault stages I0> and
I0>>

Figure 2.12-2. Operation characteristic of the directional earth fault

protection in Res or Cap mode. Res mode can be used with compensated
networks and Cap mode is used with ungrounded networks.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 29

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 2.12-3. Two example of operation characteristics of the directional

earth fault stages in sector mode. The drawn I0 phasor in both figures is
inside the trip area. The angle offset and half sector size are users
parameters.

Parameters of the directional earth fault stages

I0>, I0>> (67N)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
TripTime s Estimated time to trip
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set

30 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

SGrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input Set
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Io pu The supervised value
Io2 according the parameter
IoCalc "Input" below.
IoPeak
Io2Peak (I0> only)
(I0> only)
IoRes pu Resistive part of I0 (only when
"InUse"=Res)
IoCap pu Capacitive part of I0 (only
when "InUse"=Cap)
Io> A Pick-up value scaled to
primary value
Io> pu Pick-up setting relative to the Set
parameter "Input" and the
corresponding CT value
Uo> % Pick-up setting for U0 Set
Uo % Measured U0
Curve Delay curve family:
DT Definite time
IEC Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
IEEE Set
IEEE2
RI
PrgN
Type Delay type.
DT Definite time
NI Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
VI Set
EI
LTI
Paramet
ers
t> s Definite operation time (for Set
definite time only)
k> Inverse delay multiplier (for Set
inverse time only)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 31

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

Mode ResCap High impedance earthed nets
Sector Low impedance earthed nets Set
Undir Undirectional mode
Offset Angle offset (MTA) for RecCap Set
and Sector modes
Sector Default Half sector size of the trip area Set
= 88 on both sides of the offset
angle
ChCtrl Res/Cap control in mode
ResCap
Res Fixed to Resistive Set
Cap characteristic
DI1, DI2 Fixed to Capacitive
characteristic
VI1..4
Controlled by digital input
Controlled by virtual input
InUse Selected submode in mode
ResCap.
- Mode is not ResCap
Res Submode = resistive
Cap Submode = capacitive
Input Io1 X6-7,8,9. See chapter 8.
Io2 X6-10,11,12
IoCalc IL1 + IL2 + IL3 Set
Io1Peak X6-7,8,9 peak mode (I0> only)
Io2Peak X6-10,11,12 peak mode (I0>
only)
Intrmt s Intermittent time Set
Dly20x s Delay at 20xIoset
Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset
Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset
Dly1x s Delay at 1xIoset
A, B, C, D, User's constants for standard Set
E equations. Type=Parameters.
See chapter 2.25.
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth
faults: Time stamp, fault current, elapsed delay and setting
group.

32 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Recorded values of the directional earth fault stages (8 latest

faults) I0>, I0>> (67N)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt pu Maximum earth fault current
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
Angle Fault angle of I0. U0 = 0
Uo % Max. U0 voltage during the fault
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.13. Earth fault protection I0> (50N/51N)

The undirectional earth fault protection is to detect earth
faults in low impedance earthed networks. In high impedance
earthed networks, compensated networks and isolated
networks undirectional earth fault can be used as back-up
protection.
The undirectional earth fault function is sensitive to the
fundamental frequency component of the residual current 3I0.
The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB.
Whenever this fundamental value exceeds the user's pick-up
setting of a particular stage, this stage picks up and a start
signal is issued. If the fault situation remains on longer than
the user's operation time delay setting, a trip signal is issued.

Figure 2.13-1. Block diagram of the earth fault stage I0>

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 33

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 2.13-2. Block diagram of the earth fault stages I0>>, I0>>> and
I0>>>>

Figure 2.13-1 shows a functional block diagram of the I0> earth

overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation
time. Figure 2.13-2 shows a functional block diagram of the
I0>>, I0>>> and I0>>>> earth fault stages with definite time
operation delay.
Input signal selection
Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following
inputs and signals:
Input I01 for all networks other than rigidly earthed.
Input I02 for all networks other than rigidly earthed.
Calculated signal I0Calc for rigidly and low impedance
earthed networks. I0Calc = IL1 + IL2 + IL3.

Additionally the stage I0> have two more input signal

alternatives to measure current peaks to detect a restriking
intermittent earth fault:
I01Peak to measure the peak value of input I01.
I02Peak to measure the peak value of input I02.
Intermittent earth fault detection
Short earth faults make the protection to start (pick up), but
will not cause trip. When starting happens often enough, such
intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time
setting.
When a new start happens within the set intermittent time,
the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent
faults and finally the stage will trip. By using input signals
I01Peak or I02Peak a single one-millisecond current peak is enough
to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms. For
example if the operating time is 120 ms, and the time between
two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting, the
sixth peak will cause a trip.

34 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Four or six independent undirectional earth fault overcurrent

stages
There are four separately adjustable earth fault stages: I0>,
I0>>, I0>>>, and I0>>>>. The first stage I0> can be configured
for definite time (DT) or inverse time operation characteristic
(IDMT). The other stages have definite time operation
characteristic. By using the definite delay type and setting the
delay to its minimum, an instantaneous (ANSI 50N) operation
is obtained.
Using the directional earth fault stages (chapter 2.12) in
undirectional mode, two more stages with inverse operation
time delay are available for undirectional earth fault
protection.
Inverse operation time (I0> stage only)
Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the
amount the measured current exceeds the pick-up setting. The
bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation.
Accomplished inverse delays are available for the I0> stage.
The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2.25. The
device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on
the local panel display.

Inverse time limitation

The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xI0N
and maximum measured phase current is 50xIN. This limits the
scope of inverse curves with high pick-up settings. See chapter
2.25 for more information.
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available for each stage.
Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital
inputs, virtual inputs (communication, logic) and manually.
Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stage
I0> (50N/51N)
Parameter Value Unit Description
Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
TripTime s Estimated time to trip
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 35

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input Set
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Io pu The supervised value
Io2 according the parameter
IoCalc "Input" below.
IoPeak
Io2Peak
Io> A Pick-up value scaled to
primary value
Io> pu Pick-up setting relative to the Set
parameter "Input" and the
corresponding CT value
Curve Delay curve family:
DT Definite time
IEC Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
IEEE Set
IEEE2
RI
PrgN
Type Delay type.
DT Definite time
NI Inverse time. See chapter 2.25.
VI Set
EI
LTI
Paramet
ers
t> s Definite operation time (for Set
definite time only)
k> Inverse delay multiplier (for Set
inverse time only)
Input Io1 X6-7,8,9. See chapter 8.
Io2 X6-10,11,12
IoCalc IL1 + IL2 + IL3 Set
Io1Peak X6-7,8,9. peak mode
Io2Peak X6-10,11,12 peak mode
Intrmt s Intermittent time Set
Dly20x s Delay at 20xIon

36 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset
Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset
Dly1x s Delay at 1xIoset
A, B, C, D, Users constants for standard Set
E equations. Type=Parameters.
See chapter 2.25.
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stages

I0>>, I0>>>, I0>>>> (50N/51N)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
TripTime s Estimated time to trip
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SgrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
Dix Digital input Set
Vix Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
Vox Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Io pu The supervised value
Io2 according the parameter
IoCalc Input below.
Io>> A Pick-up value scaled to
Io>>> primary value
Io>>>>
Io>> pu Pick-up setting relative to the Set
Io>>> parameter "Input" and the
Io>>>> corresponding CT value
t> s Definite operation time (for Set
definite time only)
Input Io1 X6-7,8,9. See chapter 8.
Io2 X6-10,11,12
IoCalc IL1 + IL2 + IL3 Set

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 37

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.

Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth
faults: Time stamp, fault current, elapsed delay and setting
group.
Recorded values of the undirectional earth fault stages (8
latest faults) I0>, I0>>, I0>>>, I0>>>> (50N/51N)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt pu Maximum earth fault current
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.14. Intermittent transient earth fault

protection I0T> (67NT)
NOTE! This function is available only in voltage measurement modes1, which
include direct -U0 measurement like for example U0, but not for example
in mode 1LL.

The directional intermittent transient earth fault protection is

used to detect short intermittent transient faults in
compensated cable networks. The transient faults are self
extinguished at some zero crossing of the transient part of the
fault current IFault and the fault duration is typically only 0.1
ms ... 1 ms. Such short intermittent faults can not be correctly
recognized by normal directional earth fault function using only
the fundamental frequency components of I0 and U0.

Although a single transient fault usually self extinguishes

within less than one millisecond, in most cases a new fault
happens when the phase-to-earth voltage of the faulty phase
has recovered (Figure 2.14-1).

1 The voltage measurement modes are described in a separate chapter.

38 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 2.14-1 Typical phase to earth voltages, residual current of the faulty
feeder and the zero sequence voltage U0 during two transient earth faults in
phase L1. In this case the network is compensated.

Direction algorithm
The function is sensitive to the instantaneous sampled values
of the residual current and zero sequence voltage. The selected
voltage measurement mode has to include a direct U0
measurement.
I0 pick-up sensitivity
The sampling time interval of the relay is 625 s at 50 Hz (32
samples/cycle). The I0 current spikes can be quite short
compared to this sampling interval. Fortunately the current
spikes in cable networks are high and while the anti-alias filter
of the relay is attenuates the amplitude, the filter also makes
the pulses wider. Thus, when the current pulses are high
enough, it is possible to detect pulses, which have duration of
less than twenty per cent of the sampling interval. Although
the measured amplitude can be only a fraction of the actual
peak amplitude it doesn't disturb the direction detection,
because the algorithm is more sensitive to the sign and timing
of the I0 transient than sensitive to the absolute amplitude of
the transient. Thus a fixed value is used as a pick up level for
the I0.
Co-ordination with U0> back up protection
Especially in a fully compensated situation, the zero sequence
voltage back up protection stage U0> for the bus may not
release between consecutive faults and the U0> might finally do
an unselective trip if the intermittent transient stage I0T>
doesn't operate fast enough. The actual operation time of the
I0T> stage is very dependent on the behaviour of the fault and
the intermittent time setting. To make the co-ordination
between U0> and I0T> more simple, the start signal of the

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 39

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

transient stage I0T> in an outgoing feeder can be used to block

the U0> backup protection.
Co-ordination with the normal directional earth fault
protection based on fundamental frequency signals
The intermittent transient earth fault protection stage I0T>
should always be used together with the normal directional
earth fault protection stages I>, I>>. The transient stage I0T>
may in worst case detect the start of a steady earth fault in
wrong direction, but will not trip because the peak value of a
steady state sine wave I0 signal must also exceed the
corresponding base frequency component's peak value in order
to make the I0T> to trip.
The operation time and U0 setting of the transient stage I0T>
should be higher than the settings of any I> stage to avoid any
unnecessary and possible incorrect start signals from the I0T>
stage.
Auto reclosing
The start signal of any I> stage initiating auto reclosing (AR)
can be used to block the I0T> stage to avoid the I0T> stage with
a long intermittent setting to interfere with the AR cycle in the
middle of discrimination time.
Usually the I0T> stage itself is not used to initiate any AR. For
transient faults the AR will not help, because the fault
phenomena itself already includes repeating self extinguishing.
Intermittent time
Single transient faults make the protection to pick up, but will
not cause trip if the stage has time to release between to
successive faults. When starting happens often enough, such
intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time
setting.
When a new fault happens within the set intermittent time, the
operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults
and finally the stage will trip. A single transient fault is
enough to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20
ms. For example if the operating time is 140 ms, and the time
between two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time
setting, then the seventh peak will cause a trip (Figure 2.14-3).
Operation time setting and the actual operation time
When the algorithm detects the direction of the fault outwards
from the bus, the stage picks up and the operation delay
counter is incremented with 20 ms and a start signal is issued.
If the time between successive faults is less than 40 ms, a trip
signal is issued when the operation time is full.

40 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

When the time between successive faults is more than 40 ms,

the stage will release between the faults and the delay counting
is restarted from zero for every single fault and no trip will be
issued. For such cases the intermittent setting can be used.
Figure 2.14-2 shows an example of how the intermittent
setting works. The upper start and trip signals are a case with
zero intermittent setting. The lower signals are another case
with intermittent setting 0.12 s. The operation time setting is
0.14 s in both cases corresponding to seven 20 ms time slots
with faults.
The time between the second and the third fault exceeds the
release time + intermittent time. Thus the operation delay
counter is cleared in both cases: with zero intermittent time
and with 0.12 s intermittent time.
The fourth and the next faults do occur after release time but
within release time + intermittent time. Thus the operation
delay counter is advanced at every fault in the case the
intermittent time setting is more than 100 ms (the lower status
lines in the figure) and finally a trip signal is issued at t=0.87 s.
When faults do occur more than 20 ms apart each other, every
single fault will increment the operation delay counter by 20
ms. In this example the actual operation time starting from the
third fault will be 617 ms although, the setting was 140 ms. In
case the intermittent setting would have been 0.2 s or more, the
two first faults had been included and a trip would have issued
at t=0.64 s.

Figure 2.14-2. Effect of the intermittent time parameter. The operation

delay setting is 0.14 s = 7x20 ms. The upper start and trip status lines are
for a case with the intermittent time set to zero. No trip will happen. The
lower start and trip status lines show another case with intermittent time
setting 0.12 s. In this case a trip signal will be issued at t=0.87 s.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 41

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Setting groups
There are two settings groups available. Switching between
setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs, virtual
inputs (communication, logic) and manually.

Figure 2.14-3. Block diagram of the directional intermittent transient earth

fault stage I0T>.

42 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters of the directional intermittent transient earth fault

stage I0T> (67NT)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input Set
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset after a five
minute timeout.
Io1 pu The detected I0 value according
Io2 the parameter "Input" below.
Uo % The measured U0 value.
U0N = 100 %
Uo> % U0 pick up level. U0N = 100 % Set
t> s Operation time. Actually the Set
number of cycles including
faults x 20 ms. When the time
between faults exceeds 20 ms,
the actual operation time will
be longer.
Io input Io1Peak I01 Connectors X1-7&8 Set
Io2Peak I02 Connectors X1-9&10
Intrmt s Intermittent time. When the Set
next fault occurs within this
time, the delay counting
continues from the previous
value.
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3 .
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There is detailed information available of the eight latest
detected faults: Time stamp, U0 voltage, elapsed delay and
setting group.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 43

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Recorded values of the directional intermittent transient

earth fault stage (8 latest faults) I0T> (67NT)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt pu Maximum detected earth fault
current
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
Uo % Max. U0 voltage during the fault
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.15. Capacitor bank unbalance protection

The device enables versatile capacitor, filter and reactor bank
protection, with its five current measurement inputs. The fifth
input is typically useful for unbalance current measurement of
a double-wye connected unearthed bank. Furthermore, the
unbalance protection is highly sensitive to internal faults of a
bank because of the sophisticated natural unbalance
compensation. However, the location method gives the
protection a new dimension and enables easy maintenance
monitoring for a bank.
This protection scheme is specially used in double wye
connected capacitor banks. The unbalance current is measured
with a dedicated current transformer (could be like 5A/5A)
between two starpoints of the bank. The unbalance current is
not affected by system unbalance. However, due to
manufacturing tolerances, some amount of natural unbalance
current exists between the starpoints. This natural unbalance
current affects the settings, thus, the setting has to be
increased.

44 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

L1

L2

L3

VAMP 40
X1:1

X1:2 IL1 T1
X1:3
X1:4 IL2
X1:5
X1:6 IL3
X1:7
X1:8 I01

X1:9
I02
X1:10

VAMP 255

bank_vamp40

Figure 2.15-1 Typical capacitor bank protection application with VAMP 40.

Compensation method
The sophisticated method for unbalance protection is to
compensate the natural unbalance current. The compensation
is triggered manually when commissioning. The phasors of the
unbalance current and one phase current are recorded. This is
because one polarizing measurement is needed. When the
phasor of the unbalance current is always related to IL1, the
frequency changes or deviations have no effect on the
protection.
After recording the measured unbalance current corresponds
the zero-level and therefore, the setting of the stage can be very
sensitive.

Compensation and location

The most sophisticated method is to use the same compen-
sation method as mentioned above, but the add-on feature is to
locate the branch of each faulty element or to be more precise,
the broken fuse.
This feature is implemented to the stage I0>>>>, while the
other stage I0>>> can still function as normal unbalance
protection stage with compensation method. Normally, the
I0>>>> could be set as an alarming stage while stage I0>>> will
trip the circuit-breaker.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 45

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

The stage I0>>>> should be set based on the calculated

unbalance current change of one faulty element. This can be
easily calculated. However, the setting must be, say 10%
smaller than the calculated value, since there are some
tolerances in the primary equipment as well as in the relay
measurement circuit. Then, the time setting of I0>>>> is not
used for tripping purposes. The time setting specifies, how long
the device must wait until it is certain that there is a faulty
element in the bank. After this time has elapsed, the stage
I0>>>> makes a new compensation automatically, and the
measured unbalance current for this stage is now zero. Note,
the automatic compensation does not effect on the measured
unbalance current of stage I0>>>.
If there is an element failure in the bank, the algorithm checks
the phase angle of the unbalance current related to the phase
angle of the phase current IL1. Based on this angle, the algo-
rithm can increase the corresponding faulty elements counter
(there are six counters).
The user can set for the stage I0>>>> the allowed number of
faulty elements, e.g. if set to three elements, the fourth fault
element will issue the trip signal.
The fault location is used with internal fused capacitor and
filter banks. There is no need to use it with fuseless or external
fused capacitor and filter banks, nor with the reactor banks.
Setting parameters of capacitor bank unbalance protection:
I0>>>, I0>>>> (50N/51N)
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
Io>>> 0.01 20.00 pu 0.10 Setting value
Io>>>> 0.01 20.00 Pu 0.20 Setting value
t> 0.08 300.00 s 0.50 Definite operating
(Io>>>), time
1.00
(Io>>>>)
Input Io1; Io2; IoCalc - Io2 Current measurement
input.
NOTE! Do not use the
calculated value which
is only for earth fault
protection purposes
CMode Off; On (Io>>>); - Off Compensation
Off; Normal; selection
Location(Io>>>>)
SaveBa -; Get - - Trigg the phasor
recording
SetBal 0.010 3.000 pu 0.050 Compensation level
S_On On; Off - On Start on event
S_Off On; Off - On Start off event
T_On On; Off - On Trip on event

46 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Default Description

T_Off On; Off - On Trip off event
DIoSav On; Off - Off Recording trigged
event
DIoSav On; Off - Off Recording ended event

Measured and recorded values of capacitor bank

unbalance protection:
I0>>>, I0>>>> (50N/51N)
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured Io Pu unbalance current
values (including the natural
unbalance current)
dIo A Compensated unbalance current
Display Io>>>, A Setting value
Io>>>>
Recorded SCntr - Cumulative start counter
values TCntr - Cumulative trip counter
Flt pu The max. fault value
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operating time; 100% =
tripping
Isaved A Recorded natural unbalance
current
SavedA deg Recorded phase angle of natural
unbalance current
Faults - Allowed number of element
(Io>>>>only) failures
Total - Actual number of element
(Io>>>>only) failures in the bank
Clear -; - Clear the element counters
(Io>>>>only) Clear
L1-B1 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L1 in brach 1 (left side)
L1-B2 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L1 in brach 2 (right side)
L2-B1 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L2 in brach 1 (left side)
L2-B2 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L2 in brach 2 (right side)
L3-B1 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L3 in brach 1 (left side)
L3-B2 - Number of element failures in
(Io>>>>only) phase L3 in brach 2 (right side)
Locat - Changed unbalance current
(Io>>>>only) (after automatic compensation)
LocAng - Changed phase angle of the
(Io>>>>only) unbalance current (after
automatic compensation)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 47

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

2.16. Capacitor overvoltage protection UC>

(59C)
This protection stage calculates the voltages of a three phase Y-
connected capacitor bank using the measured currents of the
capacitors. No voltage measurements are needed.
Especially in filter applications there exist harmonics and
depending of the phase angles the harmonics can increase the
peak voltage. This stage calculates the worst case overvoltage
in per unit using Equation 2.16-1(IEC 60871-1). Harmonics up
to 15th are taken into account.
Equation 2.16-1

15
XC In
UC =
U CLN
n
n =1
where

Equation 2.16-2

1
XC =
2fC
UC = Amplitude of a pure fundamental frequency sine
wave voltage, which peak value is equal to the
maximum possible peak value of the actual voltage
including harmonics - over a Y-coupled capacitor.
XC = Reactance of the capacitor at the measured
frequency
UCLN = Rated voltage of the capacitance C.
n = Order number of harmonic. n=1 for the base
frequency component. n=2 for 2nd harmonic etc.
In = nth harmonic of the measured phase current.
n = 1 ... 15.
f = Average measured frequency.
c = Single phase capacitance between phase and star
point. This is the setting value CSET.

The Equation 2.16-1 gives the maximum possible voltage, while

the actual voltage depends on the phase angles of the involved
harmonics.
The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase-to-
neutral voltages. Whenever this value exceeds the user's pick-
up setting of a particular stage, this stage picks up and a start
signal is issued. If the fault situation remains on longer than
the user's definite operation delay setting, a trip signal is
issued.

48 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Reactive power of the capacitor bank

The rated reactive power is calculated as follows
Equation 2.16-3

2
Q N = 2f N U CLN C SET where
QN = Rated reactive power of the three phase capacitor
bank
fN = Rated frequency. 50 Hz or 60 Hz. This is detected
automatically or in special cases given by the user
with parameter adapted frequency.
UCLN = Rated voltage of a single capacitor.
CSET = Capacitance setting which is equal to the single
phase capacitance between phase and the star point.

Three separate capacitors connected in wye (III Y)

In this configuration the capacitor bank is built of three single
phase sections without internal interconnections between the
sections. The three sections are externally connected to a wye
(Y). The single phase to star point capacitance is used as
setting value.
Equation 2.16-4

C SET = C NamePlate where

CNamePlate is the capacitance of each capacitor.

Figure 2.16-1 Capacitor bank built of three single phase units connected in
wye (III Y). Each capacitor is 100 F and this value is also used as the
setting value.

Three phase capacitor connected internally in wye (Y)

In this configuration the capacitor bank consists of a three
phase capacitor connected internally to a wye (Y).
The single phase to star point capacitance is used as setting
value.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 49

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Equation 2.16-5

C SET = 2C AB where
CAB is the name plate capacitance which is equal to capacitance
between phases A and B.

The reactive power is calculated using Equation 2.16-3.

Figure 2.16-2 Three phase capacitor bank connected internally in wye (Y).
Capacitance between phases A and B is 50 F and the equivalent phase-to-
neutral capacitance is 100 F, which value is also used as the setting value.

Overvoltage and reactive power calculation example

The capacitor bank is built of three separate 100 F capacitors
connected in wye (Y). The rated voltage of the capacitors is
8000 V, the measured frequency is 50.04 Hz and the rated
frequency is 50 Hz.
The measured fundamental frequency current of phase L1 is:
IL1 = 181 A
and the measured relative 2nd harmonic is
2 % = 3.62 A
and the measured relative 3rd harmonic is
7 % = 12.67 A
and the measured relative 5th harmonic is
5 % = 9.05 A

According Equation 2.16-4 the line-to-star point capacitance is

CSET = 100 F (see Figure 2.16-1).

The rated power will be (Equation 2.16-3)

QN = 2011 kvar
According Equation 2.16-2 the reactance will be
X = 1/(2 x 50.04 x 100*10-6) = 31.806 .

50 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

According Equation 2.16-1 a pure fundamental voltage UC

having equal peak value than the highest possible voltage with
corresponding harmonic content than the measured reactive
capacitor currents, will be
UCL1 = 31.806*(181/1 + 3.62/2 + 12.67/3 + 9.05/5) = 6006 V
And in per unit values:
UCL1 = 6006/8000 = 0.75 pu

The phases L2 and L3 are calculated similarly. The highest

value of the three will be compared against the pick up setting.
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available. Switching between
setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs, virtual
inputs (communication, logic) and manually.
Parameters of the capacitor bank overvoltage stage UC>
(59C)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr
TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input Set
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set
On for test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too. This flag is
automatically reset 5 minutes
after the last front panel push
button pressing.
UcL1 The supervised values in per
UcL2 pu unit values. 1 pu = UcLN.
UcL3 (Equation )
Uc> pu Pick-up setting Set
t> s Definite operation time Set
C uF Value of a phase to star point Set
capacitor

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 51

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

UcLN V Rated voltage for phase to Set
star point capacitor = 1 pu
Qcn kvar Rated power of the capacitor
bank. (Equation 2.16-3)
fn 50 or 60 Hz System frequency used to
calculate rated power Qcn.
Automatically set according
the adapted frequency.
Xc ohm Reactance of the capacitor(s)
fXc Hz Measured average frequency
for Xc and UcLN calculation
UcLL V 3 x UcLN
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There are detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, fault type, fault voltage, elapsed delay and
setting group in use.

Recorded values of the overvoltage stage (8 latest faults)

UC> (59C)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Type Fault type
1-N Single phase fault
2-N Single phase fault
3-N Single phase fault
1-2 Two phase fault
2-3 Two phase fault
3-1 Two phase fault
1-2-3 Three phase fault
Flt pu Maximum fault voltage
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the fault
2

2.17. Zero sequence voltage protection U0>

(59N)
The zero sequence voltage protection is used as unselective
backup for earth faults and also for selective earth fault
protections for motors having a unit transformer between the
motor and the busbar.

52 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

This function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency

component of the zero sequence voltage. The attenuation of the
third harmonic is more than 60 dB. This is essential, because
3n harmonics exist between the neutral point and earth also
when there is no earth fault.
Whenever the measured value exceeds the user's pick-up
setting of a particular stage, this stage picks up and a start
signal is issued. If the fault situation remains on longer than
the user's operation time delay setting, a trip signal is issued.
Measuring the zero sequence voltage
The zero sequence voltage is measured with three voltage
transformers (e.g. broken delta connection), one voltage
transformer between the motor's neutral point and earth. (see
chapter 4.7):
1LL / 1LN: the zero sequence voltage is disabled due to no
U0 measured.
U0: The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage
transformer(s) for example using a broken delta connection.
The setting values are relative to the VT0 secondary voltage
defined in configuration.
NOTE! The U0 signal must be connected according the connection diagram
(Figure 8.10-1Figure ) in order to get a correct polarization. Please note
that actually the negative U0, U0, is to be connected to the device.

Two independent stages

There are two separately adjustable stages: U0> and U0>>.
Both stages can be configured for definite time (DT) operation
characteristic.
The zero sequence voltage function comprises two separately
adjust-table zero sequence voltage stages (stage U0> and U0>>).

Setting groups
There are two settings groups available for both stages.
Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital
inputs, virtual inputs (communication, logic) and manually.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 53

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 2.17-1. Block diagram of the zero sequence voltage stages U0> and
U0>>

Parameters of the residual overvoltage stages

U0>, U0>> (59N)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Uo % The supervised value relative
to Un/3
Uo>, Uo>> % Pick-up value relative to Un/3 Set
t>, t>> s Definite operation time Set
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There are detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, fault voltage, elapsed delay and setting
group.

54 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Recorded values of the residual overvoltage stages

U0>, U0>> (59N)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt % Fault voltage relative to Un/3
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.18. Thermal overload protection T> (49)

The thermal overload function protects the motor in the motor
mode or cables in the feeder mode against excessive heating.
Thermal model
The temperature is calculated using rms values of phase
currents and a thermal model according IEC 60255-8. The rms
values are calculated using harmonic components up to the
15th.

2
I 2 IP
Trip time: t = ln 2
I a2
Alarm: a = k k I mod e alarm (Alarm 60% = 0.6)
Trip: a = k k I mod e
2
I
Release time: t = C ln 2 P 2
a I
Trip release: a = 0.95 k I n
Start release: a = 0.95 k I n alarm (Alarm 60% = 0.6)
T = Operation time
= Thermal time constant tau (Setting value)
ln = Natural logarithm function
I = Measured rms phase current (the max. value of
three phase currents)
Ip = Preload current, I P = k I n (If temperature
rise is 120%
= 1.2 ). This parameter is the
memory of the algorithm and corresponds to the
actual temperature rise.
k = Overload factor (Maximum continuous current), i.e.
service factor. (Setting value)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 55

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

k = Ambient temperature factor (Permitted current due

to tamb) Figure 2.18-1.
IMODE = The rated current (IN or IMOT)
C = Relay cooling time constant (Setting value)

Time constant for cooling situation

If the motor's fan is stopped, the cooling will be slower than
with an active fan. Therefore there is a coefficient c for
thermal constant available to be used as cooling time constant,
when current is less than 0.3xIMOT.
Heat capacitance, service factor and ambient temperature
The trip level is determined by the maximum allowed
continuous current IMAX corresponding to the 100 %
temperature rise TRIP i.e. the heat capacitance of the motor or
cable. IMAX depends of the given service factor k and ambient
temperature AMB and settings IMAX40 and IMAX70 according the
following equation.
I MAX = k k I MODE

The value of ambient temperature compensation factor k

depends on the ambient temperature AMB and settings IMAX40
and IMAX70. See Figure 2.18-1. Ambient temperature is not in
use when k = 1. This is true when
IMAX40 is 1.0
Samb is n/a (no ambient temperature sensor)
TAMB is +40 C.
kQ AmbientTemperatureCompensation

1.2

IMAX40
1.0

0.8 IMAX70

0.6

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
QAMB (C)
Figure 2.18-1 Ambient temperature correction of the overload stage T>.

56 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Example of a behaviour of the thermal model

Figure 2.18-2 shows an example of the thermal model
behaviour. In this example = 30 minutes, k = 1.06 and k = 1
and the current has been zero for a long time and thus the
initial temperature rise is 0 %. At time = 50 minutes the
current changes to 0.85xIMODE and the temperature rise starts
to approach value (0.85/1.06)2 = 64 % according the time
constant. At time=300 min, the temperature is about stable,
and the current increases to 5 % over the maximum defined by
the rated current and the service factor k. The temperature
rise starts to approach value 110 %. At about 340 minutes the
temperature rise is 100 % and a trip follows.
Initial temperature rise after restart
When the device is switched on, an initial temperature rise of
70 % is used. Depending of the actual current, the calculated
temperature rise then starts to approach the final value.
Alarm function
The thermal overload stage is provided with a separately
settable alarm function. When the alarm limit is reached the
stage activates its start signal.

Figure 2.18-2. Example of the thermal model behaviour.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 57

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameters of the thermal overload stage T> (49)

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
Time hh:mm:ss Estimated time to trip
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set
On for test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages
and output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
T % Calculated temperature rise. F
Trip limit is 100 %.
MaxRMS Arms Measured current. Highest
of the three phases.
Imax A kxIn. Current corresponding
to the 100 % temperature
rise.
k> xImode Allowed overload (service Set
factor)
Alarm % Alarm level Set
tau min Thermal time constant Set
ctau xtau Coefficient for cooling time Set
constant. Default = 1.0
kTamb xImode Ambient temperature
corrected max. allowed
continuous current
Imax40 %Imode Allowed load at Tamb +40 Set
C. Default = 100 %.
Imax70 %Imode Allowed load at Tamb +70 Set
C.
Tamb C Ambient temperature. Set
Editable Samb=n/a. Default
= +40 C
Samb Sensor for ambient
n/a temperature Set
ExtAI1... No sensor in use for Tamb
16 External Analogue input
1...16
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

58 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

2.19. Single-phase overvoltage protection

U> (59)
The single-phase overvoltage function consists of three
separately adjustable overvoltage stages (stage U>, U>> and
U>>>).
The device measures the fundamental frequency component of
a single phase-to-neutral (1LN) or a line-to-line (1LL) voltage.
Then the three-phase voltage calculation is done, assuming
that all the voltages are symmetrical, i.e. no zero sequence
voltage is present. The protection stages operate with definite
time characteristics.
The function starts if the measured value exceeds the setting
value. If an overvoltage situation continues after the operation
time has elapsed, the function trips.
The overvoltage stages have a fixed start delay. If a delayed
alarm about a voltage fault is required, a settable start delay
and trip time can be obtained by combining two stages. See
Figure 2.19-1. Both the stages detect the overvoltage, but the
start signals are ignored. The trip signal of stage U> is used as
an alarm signal, and the trip information from stage U>> is
used for the actual trip. The overvoltage setting value for stage
U>> has to be higher than the setting value for stage U> to
ensure an alarm before trip.

Overvoltage fault

U> start
ALARM
U> trip

U>> start
TRIP
U>> trip

Figure 2.19-1 Settable start delay is obtained by combining two protection

stages

The U> stage has a settable release delay, which enables

detecting instantaneous faults. This means that the time
counter of the protection function does not reset immediately
after the fault is cleared, but resets only after the release delay
has elapsed. If the fault appears again before the delay time
has elapsed, the delay counter continues from the previous
value. This means that the function trips after a certain
number of instantaneous faults.
Figure 2.19-2 shows the functional block diagram of the
overvoltage function stages U>, U>> and U>>>.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 59

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

1vus

& Start
Um1 MAX > ts tr

Blocking
& Event
register

Trip
t

& Event
register

Setting Hysteresis Release Delay Enable

U>s delay events

Figure 2.19-2 Block diagram of the single-phase overvoltage stages U>, U>>
and U>>>

Setting parameters of single-phase overvoltage stages:

U>, U>>, U>>> (59)
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
U>, U>>, 50 150 (U>); %Un 120 (U>) Overvoltage
U>>> 50 160 130 (U>>, U>>>) setting
(U>>,U>>>)
t>, t>>, 0.08 300.0 s 0.20 (U>) Definite
t>>> (U>,U>>); 0.10 (U>>, U>>>) operation time
0.06 300.00
(U>>>)
ReleaseDly 0.06 300.0 s - Release delay
[s] (only U>)
Hysteresis 0.1 20.0 % - Deadband
(only U>)
S_On Enabled; - Enabled Start on event
Disabled
S_Off Enabled; - Enabled Start off event
Disabled
T_On Enabled; - Enabled Trip on event
Disabled
T_Off Enabled; - Enabled Trip off event
Disabled

Measured and recorded values of single-phase overvoltage

stages:
U>, U>>, U>>> (59)
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured Umax V Maximum value of line
value voltages
Recorded SCntr - Start counter (Start) reading
values TCntr - Trip counter (Trip) reading
Flt %Un The max. fault value
EDly % Elapsed time as compared to
the set operating time; 100% =
tripping

60 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

2.20. Single-phase undervoltage protection

U< (27)
The single-phase undervoltage function consists of three
separately adjustable undervoltage stages (stage U<, U<< and
U<<<).
The device measures the fundamental frequency component of
a single phase-to-neutral (1LN) or a line-to-line (1LL) voltage.
Then the three-phase voltage calculation is done, assuming
that all the voltages are symmetrical, i.e. no zero sequence
voltage is present. The protection stages operate with definite
time characteristics.
The function starts, if the measured or calculated line-to-line
voltage drops below the setting value. If the undervoltage
situation continues after the start delay has elapsed, the
function trips.
The undervoltage stage U< has a settable release delay, which
enables detecting instantaneous faults. This means that the
time counter of the protection function does not reset immedia-
tely after the fault is cleared, but resets only after the release
delay has elapsed. If the fault appears again before the delay
time has elapsed, the trip counter continues from the previous
fault value. This means that the function trips after a certain
number of instantaneous faults.
The undervoltage function can be blocked with an external
digital signal for example if the secondary voltage of the
measuring transformers disappears (e.g. fuse failure). The
undervoltage function can also be blocked with an internal
blocking signal, which is defined during the parameterisation.
Further, the function can be blocked with a separate NoCmp
setting. With this setting, all the protection stages are blocked
even when the actual values for all the phases fall below the set
value.
1vup

Um1 MAX
> & Start
ts tr

Blocking
& Event
register

Trip
t

& Event
register

NoCmp Setting Hysteresis Release Delay Enable

U<s delay events

Figure 2.20-1 Block diagram of the single-phase undervoltage stages U<,

U<< and U<<<

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 61

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Setting parameters of single-phase undervoltage stages:

U<, U<<, U<<< (27)
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
U<, U<<, 20 120 %Un 80 (U<) Undervoltage
U<<< 70 (U<<, U<<<) setting
t<, t<<, 0.08 300.00 s 20.00 (U<) Definite
t<<< 0.06 300.00 2.00 (U<<, operation time
U<<<)
NoCmp 0 80 %Un 10 Self-blocking
value
ReleaseDly 0.06 300.0 s - Release delay
(only U<)
Hysteresis 0.1 20.0 % - Deadband (only
U<)
S_On Enabled; - Enabled Start on event
Disabled
S_Off Enabled; - Enabled Start off event
Disabled
T_On Enabled; - Enabled Trip on event
Disabled
T_Off Enabled; - Enabled Trip off event
Disabled

Measured and recorded values of single-phase

undervoltage stages:
U<, U<<, U<<< (27)
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured Umin V Minimum value of line
value voltages
Recorded SCntr - Start counter (Start)
values reading
TCntr - Trip counter (Trip) reading
Flt %Un The min. fault value
EDly % Elapsed time as compared
to the set operating time,
100% = tripping

2.21. Reverse power and under power

protection P< (32)
NOTE! The reverse power and underpower stages are based on three- phase
active power. Since VAMP 40 is only measuring one voltage, any
asymmetry in voltages will distort the power calculation. For example, if
the voltage asymmetry U2/U1 is 5%, the power may have an error up to
10%.
Reverse power function can be used for example to disconnect a
motor in case the supply voltage is lost and thus prevent power
generation by the motor. Under power function can also be
used to detect loss of load of a motor.

62 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Reverse power and under power function is sensitive to active

power. For reverse power function the pick-up value is
negative. For under power function a positive pick-up value is
used. Whenever the active power goes under the pick-up value,
the stage picks up and issues a start signal. If the fault
situation stays on longer than the delay setting, a trip signal is
issued.
The pick-up setting range is from 200 % to +200 % of the
nominal apparent power Sn. The nominal apparent power is
determined by the configured voltage and current transformer
values.
Equation 2.21-1

S n = VTRated Pr imary CTRated Pr imary 3

There are two identical stages available with independent

setting parameters.
Setting parameters of reverse/under power P< and P<<
stages (32):
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
P<, P<< -200.0 ... 200.0 %Sn -4.0 (P<), P<,P<< pick-up
-20.0(P<<) setting
t< 0.3 300.0 s 1.0 P<, P<<
operational delay
S_On Enabled; - Enabled Start on event
Disabled
S_Off Enabled; - Enabled Start off event
Disabled
T_On Enabled; - Enabled Trip on event
Disabled
T_Off Enabled; - Enabled Trip off event
Disabled

Measured and recorded values of reverse/under power P<

and P<< stages (32):
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured value P kW Active power
Recorded SCntr - Start counter (Start)
values reading
TCntr - Trip counter (Trip)
reading
Flt %Sn Max value of fault
EDly % Elapsed time as
compared to the set
operating time, 100% =
tripping

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 63

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

2.22. Circuit breaker failure stage CBFP

(50BF)
The circuit breaker failure protection can be used to trip any
upstream circuit breaker (CB), if the fault has not disappeared
within a given time after the initial trip command. A different
output contact of the device must be used for this backup trip.
The operation of the circuit-breaker failure protection (CBFP)
is based on the supervision of the signal to the selected trip
relay and the time the fault remains on after the trip command.
If this time is longer than the operating time of the CBFP
stage, the CBFP stage activates another output relay, which
will remain activated until the primary trip relay resets.
The CBFP stage is supervising all the protection stages using
the same selected trip relay, since it supervises the control
signal of this relay. See chapter 5.4 for details about the output
matrix and the trip relays.
Parameters of the circuit breaker failure stage CBFP (50BF)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
CBrelay 1-4 The supervised output relay*). Set
Relay T1 T4
t> s Definite operation time. Set
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on
*) This setting is used by the circuit breaker condition monitoring, too. See
chapter 3.5.

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There are detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp and elapsed delay.

64 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Recorded values of the circuit breaker failure stage (8 latest

faults) CBFP (50BF)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip

2.23. Programmable stages (99)

For special applications the user can built his own protection
stages by selecting the supervised signal and the comparison
mode.
The following parameters are available:
Priority
If operation times less than 60 milliseconds are needed
select 10 ms. For operation times under one second 20 ms
is recommended. For longer operation times and THD
signals 100 ms is recommended.
Link
The name of the supervised signal (see table below).
Cmp
Compare mode. > for over or < for under comparison.
Pick-
Pick-up
Limit of the stage. The available setting range and the
unit depend on the selected signal.
T
Definite time operation delay
Hyster
Dead band (hysteresis)
NoCmp
Only used with compare mode under (<). This is the limit
to start the comparison. Signal values under NoCmp are
not regarded as fault.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 65

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Available signals to be supervised by the programmable

stages
IL1, IL2, IL3 Phase currents
Io1 Residual current input I01
Io2 Residual current input I02
U12, U23, U31 Line-to-line voltages
UL1, UL2, UL3 Phase-to-ground voltages
Uo Zero-sequence voltage
f Frequency
P Active power
Q Reactive power
S Apparent power
Cos Fii Cosine
IoCalc Phasor sum IL1 + IL2 + IL3
I1 Positive sequence current
I2 Negative sequence current
I2/I1 Relative negative sequence current
I2/In Negative sequence current in pu
U1 Positive sequence voltage
U2 Negative sequence voltage
U2/U1 Relative negative sequence voltage
IL Average (IL1 + IL2 + IL3)/3
Uphase (ULN) Average (UL1 + UL2 + UL3)/3
Uline (ULL) Average (U12 + U23 + U31)/3
TanFii Tangent [=tan(arccos)]
Prms Active power rms value
Qrms Reactive power rms value
Srms Apparent powre rms value
THDIL1 Total harmonic distortion of IL1
THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion of IL2
THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion of IL3
THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua
IL1rms IL1 RMS for average sampling
IL2rms IL2 RMS for average sampling
IL3rms IL3 RMS for average sampling

Eight independent stages

The device has eight independent programmable stages. Each
programmable stage can be enabled or disabled to fit the
intended application.
Setting groups
There are two settings groups available. Switching between
setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs, virtual
inputs (communication, logic) and manually.
There are two identical stages available with independent
setting parameters.

66 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters of the programmable stages PrgN (99)

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Blocked
Start F
Trip F
SCntr Cumulative start counter C
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set
SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set
active setting group
- None
DIx Digital input
VIx Virtual input
LEDx LED indicator signal
VOx Virtual output
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Link (See Name for the supervised signal Set
table
above)
(See table Value of the supervised signal
above)
Cmp Mode of comparison Set
> Over protection
< Under protection
Pickup Pick up value scaled to
primary level
Pickup pu Pick up setting in pu Set
t s Definite operation time. Set
Hyster % Dead band setting Set
NoCmp pu Minimum value to start under Set
comparison. (Mode='<')
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There is detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, fault value and elapsed delay.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 67

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Recorded values of the programmable stages PrgN (99)

Parameter Value Unit Description
Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Flt pu Fault value
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip
SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault
2

2.24. Arc fault protection (50ARC/50NARC)-

optional
The arc option module (VP 40) is connected to the back of the
VAMP 40 protection relay. The RJ 45 connector is plugged to
the X20 connector and the module is fasted to the back of
VAMP 40 with one screw.
The optional arc protection module VP 40 includes two arc
sensor channels. The arc sensors are connected to the VP 40
terminals 12-11 and 8-7.
The arc information can be transmitted and/or received
through digital input and output channels BIO. The output
signal is 48 V dc when active. The input signal has to be 18
48 V dc to be activated.

Connections:
1 Binary output +
2 Binary output -
5 Binary input +
6 Binary input
7-8 Arc sensor 2 (VA 1 DA)
11-12 Arc sensor 1 (VA 1 DA)

68 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 2.24-1 VP 40 is attached at the back side of the VAMP 40.

The GND must be connected together between the GND of the

connected devices.
The binary output of the arc option card may be activated by
one or both of the connected arc sensors, or by the binary input.
The connection between the inputs and the output is selectable
via the output matrix of the device. The binary output can be
connected to an arc binary input of another VAMP protection
relay or arc protection system.
Binary input
The binary input (BI) on the arc option card (see chapter 8.6)
can be used to get the light indication from another relay to
build selective arc protection systems. The BI signal can also
be connected to any of the output relays, BO, indicators etc.
offered by the output matrix (See chapter 5.4). BI is a dry input
for 48 Vdc signal from binary outputs of other VAMP relays or
dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP.
Binary output
The binary output (BO) on the arc option card (see chapter 8.6)
can be used to give the light indication signal or any other
signal or signals to another relay's binary input to build
selective arc protection systems. Selection of the BO connected
signal(s) is done with the output matrix (See chapter 5.4). BO
is an internally wetted 48 Vdc signal for BI of other VAMP
relays or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 69

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Delayed light indication signal

There is a delayed light indication output signal available for
building selective arc protection systems. Any light source
combination and a delay can be configured. The resulting
signal is available in the output matrix to be connected to BO,
output relays etc.

Pick up scaling
The per unit (pu) values for pick up setting are based on the
current transformer values.
ArcI>: 1 pu = 1xIN = rated phase current CT value
ArcI01>: 1 pu = 1xI01N = rated residual current CT value for input I01.
ArcI02>: 1 pu = 1xI02N = rated residual current CT value for input I02.

Parameters of arc protection stages

ArcI>, ArcI01A, ArcI02> (50ARC/50NARC)
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Status - Current status of the stage
Start Light detected according ArcIn F
Trip Light and overcurrent detected F
LCntr Cumulative light indication C
counter. S1, S2 or BI.
SCntr Cumulative light indication C
counter for the selected inputs
according parameter ArcIn
TCntr Cumulative trip counter C
Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set
On test purposes. This is a
common flag for all stages and
output relays, too.
Automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
Value of the supervised signal
ILmax Stage ArcI>
Io1 Stage ArcI01>
Io2 Stage ArcI02>
ArcI> pu Pick up setting xIN Set
ArcIo1> pu Pick up setting xI01N
ArcIo2> pu Pick up setting xI02N
ArcIn Light indication source Set
selection
S1 No sensor selected
S2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6:4-5
S1/S2 Sensor 2 at terminals X6:6-7
BI
S1/BI Terminals X6:1-3
S2/BI
S1/S2/BI

70 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

Delayed light signal output
Ldly s Delay for delayed light output Set
signal
LdlyCn Light indication source Set
selection
S1 No sensor selected
S2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6:4-5
S1/S2 Sensor 2 at terminals X6:6-7
BI
S1/BI Terminals X6:1-3
S2/BI
S1/S2/BI
For details of setting ranges see chapter 9.3.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
C = Can be cleared to zero
F = Editable when force flag is on

Recorded values of the latest eight faults

There are detailed information available of the eight latest
faults: Time stamp, fault type, fault value, load current before
the fault and elapsed delay.

Recorded values of the arc protection stages

ArcI>, ArcI01A, ArcI02> (50ARC/50NARC)
Parameter Value Unit Description
yyyy-mm-dd Time stamp of the recording, date
hh:mm:ss.ms Time stamp, time of day
Type pu Fault type value. Only for ArcI>
stage.
Flt pu Fault value
Load pu Pre fault current. Only for ArcI>
stage.
EDly % Elapsed time of the operating time
setting. 100% = trip

2.25. Inverse time operation

The inverse time operation - i.e. inverse delay minimum time
(IDMT) type of operation - is available for several protection
functions. The common principle, formulae and graphic
representations of the available inverse delay types are
described in this chapter.
Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the
measured real time process values during a fault. For example
with an overcurrent stage using inverse delay a bigger a fault
current gives faster operation. The alternative to inverse
delay is definite delay. With definite delay a preset time is

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 71

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

used and the operation time does not depend on the size of a
fault.
Stage specific inverse delay
Some protection functions have their own specific type of
inverse delay. Details of these dedicated inverse delays are
described with the appropriate protection function.

Operation modes
There are three operation modes to use the inverse time
characteristics:
Standard delays
Using standard delay characteristics by selecting a curve
family (IEC, IEEE, IEEE2, RI) and a delay type (Normal
inverse, Very inverse etc). See chapter 2.25.1.
Standard delay formulae with free parameters
Selecting a curve family (IEC, IEEE, IEEE2) and defining
one's own parameters for the selected delay formula. This
mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters, and
then editing the delay function parameters A ... E. See
chapter 2.25.2.
Fully programmable inverse delay characteristics
Building the characteristics by setting 16 [current, time]
points. The relay interpolates the values between given
points with 2nd degree polynomials. This mode is activated
by setting curve family to PrgN'. There are maximum three
different programmable curves available at the same time.
Each programmed curve can be used by any number of
protection stages. See chapter 2.25.3.
Inverse time setting error signal
If there are any errors in the inverse delay configuration the
appropriate protection stage will use definite time delay.
There is a signal Setting Error available in output matrix,
which indicates three different situations:
1. Settings are currently changed with VAMPSET or local
panel, and there is temporarily an illegal combination of
curve/delay/points. For example if previous settings were
IEC/NI and then curve family is changed to IEEE, the
setting error will active, because there is no NI type
available for IEEE curves. After changing valid delay type
for IEEE mode (for example MI), the Setting Error signal
will release.
2. There are errors in formula parameters AE, and the
device is not able to build the delay curve
3. There are errors in the programmable curve configuration
and the device is not able to interpolate values between the
given points.

72 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Limitations
The maximum measured secondary phase current is 50xIN and
the maximum directly measured earth fault current is 10xI0N
for residual current inputs. The full scope of inverse delay
curves goes up to 20 times the setting. At high setting the
maximum measurement capability limits the scope of inverse
curves according the following table.
Table 2.25-1
Current input Maximum measured Maximum secondary
secondary current scaled setting
enabling inverse delay
times up to full 20x
setting
IL1, IL2, IL3 and I0Calc 250 A 12.5 A
I01 5 A 50 A 2.5 A
I01 1 A and I02 1 A 10 A 0.5 A
I02 0.2 A 2A 0.1 A

Example 1 of limitation
CT = 750/5
Application mode is Feeder
CT0 = 100/1 (cable CT is used for residual current)
The CT0 is connected to a 1 A terminals of input I01 or I02.

For overcurrent stage I> the table above gives 12.5 A. Thus the
maximum setting for I> stage giving full inverse delay range is
12.5 A / 5 A = 2.5 xIN = 1875 APrimary.

For earth fault stage I0> the table above gives 0.5 A. Thus the
maximum setting for I0> stage giving full inverse delay range is
0.5 A / 1 A = 0.5 xI0N = 50 APrimary.

Example 2 of limitation
CT = 750/5
Application mode is Motor
Rated current of the motor = 600 A
I0Calc (= IL1 +IL2 +IL3) is used for residual current
At secondary level the rated motor current is 600/750*5 = 4 A

For overcurrent stage I> the table above gives 12.5 A. Thus the
maximum setting giving full inverse delay range is 12.5 A / 4 A
= 3.13 xIMOT = 1875 APrimary.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 73

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

For earth fault stage I0> the table above gives 12.5 A. Thus the
maximum setting for I0> stage giving full inverse delay range is
12.5 A / 5 A = 2.5 xI0N = 1875 APrimary.

2.25.1. Standard inverse delays IEC, IEEE, IEEE2, RI

The available standard inverse delays are divided in four
categories IEC, IEEE, IEEE2 and RI called delay curve
families. Each category of family contains a set of different
delay types according the following table.

Inverse time setting error signal

The inverse time setting error signal will be activated, if the
delay category is changed and the old delay type doesn't exist
in the new category. See chapter 2.25 for more details.
Limitations
The minimum definite time delay start latest, when the
measured value is twenty times the setting. However, there are
limitations at high setting values due to the measurement
range. See chapter 2.25 for more details.
Table 2.25.1-1. Available standard delay families and the
available delay types within each family.
Curve family

IEEE2
IEEE
IEC
DT

RI
Delay type

DT Definite time X
NI1 Normal inverse X X
VI Very inverse X X X
EI Extremely inverse X X X
LTI Long time inverse X X
LTEI Long time extremely inverse X
LTVI Long time very inverse X
MI Moderately inverse X X
STI Short time inverse X
STEI Short time extremely inverse X
RI Old ASEA type X
RXIDG Old ASEA type X

IEC inverse time operation

The operation time depends on the measured value and other
parameters according Equation 2.25.1-1. Actually this equation
can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I
is constant during the fault. A modified version is implemented
in the relay for real time usage.

74 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Equation 2.25.1-1

k A
t= B
I
1
I
pickup

t = Operation delay in seconds

k = Users multiplier
I = Measured value
Ipickup = Users pick up setting
A, B = Constants parameters according Table 2.25.1-2.

There are three different delay types according IEC 60255-3,

Normal inverse (NI), Extremely inverse (EI), Very inverse (VI)
and a VI extension. Additional there is a de facto standard
Long time inverse (LTI).
Table 2.25.1-2 Constants for IEC inverse delay equation
Parameter
Delay type
A B
NI Normal inverse 0.14 0.02
EI Extremely inverse 80 2
VI Very inverse 13.5 1
LTI Long time inverse 120 1

Example for Delay type "Normal inverse (NI) ":

k = 0.50
I = 4 pu (constant current)
Ipickup = 2 pu
A = 0.14
B = 0.02

0.50 0.14
t= 0.02
= 5 .0
4
1
2

The operation time in this example will be 5 seconds. The same

result can be read from Figure 2.25.1-1.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 75

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 2.25.1-1 IEC normal inverse Figure 2.25.1-2 IEC extremely

delay. inverse delay.

Figure 2.25.1-3 IEC very inverse Figure 2.25.1-4 IEC long time
delay. inverse delay.

IEEE/ANSI inverse time operation

There are three different delay types according IEEE Std
C37.112-1996 (MI, VI, EI) and many de facto versions
according Table 2.25.1-3. The IEEE standard defines inverse
delay for both trip and release operations. However, in the
VAMP relay only the trip time is inverse according the
standard but the release time is constant.

76 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

The operation delay depends on the measured value and other

parameters according Equation 2.25.1-2. Actually this equation
can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I
is constant during the fault. A modified version is implemented
in the relay for real time usage.
Equation 2.25.1-2

A
t=k C
+ B
I
1

I pickup

t = Operation delay in seconds

k = Users multiplier
I = Measured value
Ipickup = Users pick up setting
A,B,C = Constant parameter according Table 2.25.1-3.

Table 2.25.1-3 Constants for IEEE/ANSI inverse delay equation

Parameter
Delay type
A B C
LTI Long time inverse 0.086 0.185 0.02
LTVI Long time very inverse 28.55 0.712 2
Long time extremely
LTEI 64.07 0.250 2
inverse
MI Moderately inverse 0.0515 0.1140 0.02
VI Very inverse 19.61 0.491 2
EI Extremely inverse 28.2 0.1217 2
STI Short time inverse 0.16758 0.11858 0.02
Short time extremely
STEI 1.281 0.005 2
inverse

Example for Delay type "Moderately inverse (MI)":

k = 0.50
I = 4 pu
Ipickup = 2 pu
A = 0.0515
B = 0.114
C = 0.02


0.0515
t = 0.50 + 0.1140 = 1.9
4 0.02
1
2

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 77

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

The operation time in this example will be 1.9 seconds. The

same result can be read from Figure 2.25.1-8.

Figure 2.25.1-5 ANSI/IEEE long Figure 2.25.1-6 ANSI/IEEE long

time inverse delay time very inverse delay

Figure 2.25.1-7 ANSI/IEEE long Figure 2.25.1-8 ANSI/IEEE

time extremely inverse delay moderately inverse delay

78 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 2.25.1-9 ANSI/IEEE short Figure 2.25.1-10 ANSI/IEEE short

time inverse delay time extremely inverse delay

IEEE2 inverse time operation

Before the year 1996 and ANSI standard C37.112
microprocessor relays were using equations approximating the
behaviour of various induction disc type relays. A quite
popular approximation is Equation 2.25.1-3, which in VAMP
relays is called IEEE2. Another name could be IAC, because
the old General Electric IAC relays have been modeled using
the same equation.
There are four different delay types according Table 2.25.1-4.
The old electromechanical induction disc relays have inverse
delay for both trip and release operations. However, in VAMP
relays only the trip time is inverse the release time being
constant.
The operation delay depends on the measured value and other
parameters according Equation 2.25.1-3. Actually this equation
can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I
is constant during the fault. A modified version is implemented
in the relay for real time usage.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 79

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Equation 2.25.1-3

B D E
t = k A + + 2
+ 3
I I
C I C C
I I
pickup pickup I
pickup

t = Operation delay in seconds

k = Users multiplier
I = Measured value
Ipickup = Users pick up setting
A,B,C,D = Constant parameter according Table 2.25.1-4.

Table 2.25.1-4 Constants for IEEE2 inverse delay equation

Parameter
Delay type
A B C D E
MI Moderately inverse 0.1735 0.6791 0.8 -0.08 0.1271
NI Normally inverse 0.0274 2.2614 0.3 -.1899 9.1272
VI Very inverse 0.0615 0.7989 0.34 -0.284 4.0505
EI Extremely inverse 0.0399 0.2294 0.5 3.0094 0.7222

Example for Delay type "Moderately inverse (MI)":

k = 0.50
I = 4 pu
Ipickup = 2 pu
A = 0.1735
B = 0.6791
C = 0.8
D = -0.08
E = 0.127


0.6791 0.08 0.127
t = 0.5 0.1735 + + 2
+ 3
= 0.38
4 4 4
0 .8 0 .8 0 .8
2 2 2

The operation time in this example will be 0.38 seconds. The

same result can be read from Figure 2.25.1-11.

80 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 2.25.1-11 IEEE2 moderately Figure 2.25.1-12 IEEE2 normal

inverse delay inverse delay

Figure 2.25.1-13 IEEE2 very inverse Figure 2.25.1-14 IEEE2 extremely

delay inverse delay

RI and RXIDG type inverse time operation

These two inverse delay types have their origin in old ASEA
(nowadays ABB) earth fault relays.
The operation delay of types RI and RXIDG depends on the
measured value and other parameters according Equation
2.25.1-4 and Equation 2.25.1-5. Actually these equations can
only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 81

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

constant during the fault. Modified versions are implemented

in the relay for real time usage.
Equation 2.25.1-4 RI

k
t RI =
0.236
0.339
I

I
pickup

Equation 2.25.1-5 RXIDG

I
t RXIDG = 5.8 1.35 ln
k I pickup
t = Operation delay in seconds
k = Users multiplier
I = Measured value
Ipickup = Users pick up setting

Example for Delay type RI :

k = 0.50
I = 4 pu
Ipickup = 2 pu
0 .5
t RI = = 2 .3
0.236
0.339
4

2
The operation time in this example will be 2.3 seconds. The
same result can be read from Figure 2.25.1-15.

Example for Delay type RXIDG:

k = 0.50
I = 4 pu
Ipickup = 2 pu
4
t RXIDG = 5.8 1.35 ln = 3 .9
0 .5 2
The operation time in this example will be 3.9 seconds. The
same result can be read from Figure 2.25.1-16.

82 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 2.25.1-15 Inverse delay of Figure 2.25.1-16 Inverse delay of

type RI. type RXIDG.

2.25.2. Free parametrisation using IEC, IEEE and IEEE2

equations
This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters,
and then editing the delay function constants, i.e. the
parameters A ... E. The idea is to use the standard equations
with ones own constants instead of the standardized constants
as in the previous chapter.

Example for GE-

GE-IAC51 delay type inverse:
k = 0.50
I = 4 pu
Ipickup = 2 pu
A = 0.2078
B = 0.8630
C = 0.8000
D = 0.4180
E = 0.1947

0.8630 0.4180 0.1947
t = 0.5 0.2078 + + + = 0.37
4 4
2
4
3

0 .8 0 .8 0 .8
2 2 2

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 83

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

The operation time in this example will be 0.37 seconds.

The resulting time/current characteristic of this example
matches quite well with the characteristic of the old
electromechanical IAC51 induction disc relay.

Inverse time setting error signal

The inverse time setting error signal will become active, if
interpolation with the given parameters is not possible. See
chapter 2.25 for more details.
Limitations
The minimum definite time delay start latest, when the
measured value is twenty times the setting. However, there are
limitations at high setting values due to the measurement
range. See chapter 2.25 for more details.

2.25.3. Programmable inverse time curves

Only with VAMPSET, requires rebooting.

The [current, time] curve points are programmed using

VAMPSET PC program. There are some rules for defining the
curve points:
configuration must begin from the topmost line
line order must be as follows: the smallest current (longest
operation time) on the top and the largest current (shortest
operation time) on the bottom
all unused lines (on the bottom) should be filled with [1.00
0.00s]
Here is an example configuration of curve points:
Point Current I/Ipick-
pick-up Operation delay
1 1.00 10.00 s
2 2.00 6.50 s
3 5.00 4.00 s
4 10.00 3.00 s
5 20.00 2.00 s
6 40.00 1.00 s
7 1.00 0.00 s
8 1.00 0.00 s
9 1.00 0.00 s
10 1.00 0.00 s
11 1.00 0.00 s
12 1.00 0.00 s
13 1.00 0.00 s
14 1.00 0.00 s
15 1.00 0.00 s
16 1.00 0.00 s

84 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Inverse time setting error signal

The inverse time setting error signal will be activated, if
interpolation with the given points fails. See chapter 2.25 for
more details.
Limitations
The minimum definite time delay start latest, when the
measured value is twenty times the setting. However, there are
limitations at high setting values due to the measurement
range. See chapter 2.25 for more details.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 85

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

3. Supporting functions

3.1. Event log

Event log is a buffer of event codes and time stamps including
date and time. For example each start-on, start-off, trip-on or
trip-off of any protection stage has a unique event number code.
Such a code and the corresponding time stamp is called an
event. The event codes are listed in a separate document
Modbus_Profibus_Spabus_event.pdf.
As an example of information included with a typical event an
overvoltage trip event of the first 59 stage U> is shown in the
following table.
EVENT Description Local Communication
panel protocols
Code: 1E2 Channel 30, Yes Yes
event 2
I> trip on Event text Yes No
2.7 x In Fault value Yes No
2007-01-31 Date Yes Yes
08:35:13.413 Time Yes Yes
Type: U12,23,31 Fault type Yes No

Events are the major data for a SCADA system. SCADA

systems are reading events using any of the available
communication protocols. Event log can also be scanned using
the front panel or using VAMPSET. With VAMSET the events
can be stored to a file especially in case the relay is not
connected to any SCADA system.
Only the latest event can be read when using communication
protocols or VAMPSET. Every reading increments the internal
read pointer to the event buffer. (In case of communication
error, the latest event can be reread any number of times using
an other parameter.) On the local panel scanning the event
buffer back and forth is possible.
Event enabling/masking
In case of an uninteresting event, it can be masked, which
prevents the particular event(s) to be written in the event
buffer.
There are room for 200 latest events in the event buffer. The
oldest one will be overwritten, when a new event does occur.
The shown resolution of a time stamp is one millisecond, but
the actual resolution depends of the particular function
creating the event. For example most protection stages create

86 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

events with 10 ms or 20 ms resolution. The absolute accuracy of

all time stamps depends on the time synchronizing of the relay.
See chapter 3.7 for system clock synchronizing.
Event buffer overflow
The normal procedure is to poll events from the device all the
time. If this is not done, the event buffer will eventually
overflow. On the local screen this is indicated with string
"OVF" after the event code.
Setting parameters for events
Parameter Value Description Note
Count Number of events
ClrEn Clear event buffer Set

Clear
Order Order of the event buffer for local Set
Old- display
New
New-
Old
FVSca Scaling of event fault value Set
PU Per unit scaling
Pri Primary scaling
Display On Alarm pop-up display is enabled Set
Alarms Off No alarm display
FORMAT OF EVENTS ON THE LOCAL DISPLAY
Code: CHENN CH = event channel, NN=event code
Event description Event channel and code in plain text
yyyy-mm-dd Date (for available date formats see chapter 3.7)
hh:mm:ss.nnn Time

3.2. Disturbance recorder

The disturbance recorder can be used to record all the
measured signals, that is, currents, voltages and the status
information of digital inputs (DI) and digital outputs (DO). The
digital inputs include also the arc protection signals S1, S2, BI
and BO, if the optional arc protection is available.
Triggering the recorder
The recorder can be triggered by any start or trip signal from
any protection stage or by a digital input. The triggering signal
is selected in the output matrix (vertical signal DR). The
recording can also be triggered manually. All recordings are
time stamped.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 87

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Reading recordings
The recordings can be uploaded, viewed and analysed with the
VAMPSET program. The recording is in COMTRADE format.
This means that also other programs can be used to view and
analyse the recordings made by the relay.
For more details, please see a separate VAMPSET manual.

Number of channels
At the maximum, there can be 12 recordings, and the
maximum selection of channels in one recording is also 12
(limited in waveform recording). The digital inputs reserve one
channel (includes all the inputs). Also the digital outputs
reserve one channel (includes all the outputs). If digital inputs
and outputs are recorded, there will be still 10 channels left for
analogue waveforms.

Disturbance recorder parameters

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Mode Behaviour in memory full Set
situation:
Saturated No more recordings are
Overflow accepted
The oldest recorder will be
overwritten
SR Sample rate Set
32/cycle Waveform
16/cycle Waveform
8/cycle Waveform
1/10ms One cycle value *)
1/20ms One cycle value **)
1/200ms Average
1/1s Average
1/5s Average
1/10s Average
1/15s Average
1/30s Average
1/1min Average
Time s Recording length Set
PreTrig % Amount of recording data Set
before the trig moment
MaxLen s Maximum time setting.
This value depends on
sample rate, number and
type of the selected
channels and the
configured recording
length.

88 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

Status Status of recording
Not active
Run Waiting a triggering
Trig Recording
FULL Memory is full in saturated
mode
ManTrig Manual triggering Set

Trig
ReadyRec n/m n = Available recordings
m = maximum number of
recordings
The value of 'm' depends on
sample rate, number and
type of the selected
channels and the
configured recording
length.
AddCh Add one channel. Set
Maximum simultaneous
number of channels is 12.
IL1, IL2, Phase current
IL3
Io1, Io2 Measured residual current
U12, U23, Line-to-line voltage
U31
UL1, UL2, Phase-to-neutral voltage
UL3
Uo Zero sequence voltage
f Frequency
P, Q, S Active, reactive, apparent
power
P.F. Power factor
CosFii cos
IoCalc Phasor sum Io =
(IL1+IL2+IL3)/3
I1 Positive sequence current
I2 Negative sequence current
I2/I1 Relative current unbalance
I2/In Current unbalance [xIGN]
U1 Positive sequence voltage
U2 Negative sequence voltage
U2/U1 Relative voltage unbalance
IL Average (IL1 + IL2 + IL3)/3
Uphase Average (UL1 + UL2 +
UL3)/3
Uline Average (U12 + U23 +
U31)/3
DO Digital outputs
DI Digital inputs

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 89

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

TanFii tan
THDIL1 Total harmonic distortion
of IL1
THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion
of IL2
THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion
of IL3
THDUa Total harmonic distortion
of input Ua
THDUb Total harmonic distortion
of input Ub
THDUc Total harmonic distortion
of input Uc
Prms Active power rms value
Qrms Reactive power rms value
Srms Apparent power rms value
fy Frequency behind circuit
breaker
fz Frequency behind 2nd
circuit breaker
U12y Voltage behind circuit
breaker
U12z Voltage behind 2nd circuit
breaker
IL1RMS IL1 RMS for average
sampling
IL2RMS IL2 RMS for average
sampling
IL3RMS IL3 RMS for average
sampling
ClrCh Remove all channels Set
Clear

(Ch) List of selected channels

Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
*) This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every
10 ms.
**) This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every
20 ms.

90 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

3.3. Cold load pick-up and inrush current

detection
Cold load pick-up
A situation is regarded as cold load when all the three phase
currents have been less than a given idle value and then at
least one of the currents exceeds a given pick-up level within 80
ms. In such case the cold load detection signal is activated for a
given time. This signal is available for output matrix and
blocking matrix. Using virtual outputs of the output matrix
setting group control is possible.
Application for cold load detection
Right after closing a circuit breaker a given amount of overload
can be allowed for a given limited time to take care of
concurrent thermostat controlled loads. Cold load pick-up
function does this for example by selecting a more coarse
setting group for over-current stage(s). It is also possible to use
the cold load detection signal to block any set of protection
stages for a given time.
Inrush current detection
Inrush current detection is quite similar with the cold load
detection but it does also include a condition for second
harmonic relative content of the currents. When all phase
currents have been less than a given idle value and then at
least one of them exceeds a given pick-up level within 80 ms
and the ratio 2nd harmonic ratio to fundamental frequency,
If2/If1, of at least one phase exceeds the given setting, the inrush
detection signal is activated. This signal is available for output
matrix and blocking matrix. Using virtual outputs of the output
matrix setting group control is possible.
By setting the Pickupf2 parameter for If2/If1 to zero, the inrush
signal will behave equally with the cold load pick-up signal.
Application for inrush current detection
The inrush current of transformers usually exceeds the pick-up
setting of sensitive overcurrent stages and contains a lot of
even harmonics. Right after closing a circuit breaker the pick-
up and tripping of sensitive overcurrent stages can be avoided
by selecting a more coarse setting group for the appropriate
over-current stage with inrush detect signal. It is also possible
to use the detection signal to block any set of protection stages
for a given time.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 91

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

1 3 4
Pick-up

Idle

Cold
load

Cold load and inrush

 No activation because the current has not been under the

set Idle current.
 Current dropped under the Idle current level but now it
stays between the Idle current and the pick-up current for
over 80ms.
 No activation because the phase two lasted longer than
80ms.
 Now we have a cold load activation which lasts as long as
the operation time was set or as long as the current stays
above the pick-up setting.
Figure 3.3-1 Functionality of cold load / inrush current feature.

Parameters of the cold load & inrush detection function

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
ColdLd - Status of cold load detection:
Start Cold load situation is active
Trip Timeout
Inrush - Status of inrush detection:
Start Inrush is detected
Trip Timeout
ILmax A The supervised value. Max. of
IL1, IL2 and IL3
Pickup A Primary scaled pick-up value
Idle A Primary scaled upper limit for
idle current
MaxTime s Set
Idle xImode
Current limit setting for idle Set
situation
Pickup xImode Pick-up setting for minimum Set
start current
80 ms Maximum transition time for
start recognition
Pickupf2 % Pick-up value for relative Set
amount of 2nd harmonic, If2/If1
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

92 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

3.4. Current transformer supervision

The relay supervise the external wiring between the relay
terminals and current transformers (CT) and the CT them
selves. Furthermore, this is a safety function as well, since an
open secondary of a CT, causes dangerous voltages.
The CT supervisor function measures phase currents. If one of
the three phase currents drops below Imin< setting, while
another phase current is exceeding the Imax> setting, the
function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has
elapsed.
Setting parameters of CT supervisor:
CTSV ( )
Parameter Value Unit Default Description
Imax> 0.0 10.0 xIn 2.0 Upper setting for CT
supervisor
Imin< 0.0 10.0 xIn 0.2 Lower setting for CT
supervisor
t> 0.02 600.0 s 0.10 Operation delay
CT on On; Off - On CT supervisor on event
CT off On; Off - On CT supervisor off event

Measured and recorded values of CT supervisor:

CTSV ( )
Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured ILmax A Maximum of phase
value currents
ILmin A Minimum of phase
currents
Display Imax>, A Setting values as primary
Imin< values
Recorded Date - Date of CT supervision
values alarm
Time - Time of CT supervision
alarm
Imax A Maximum phase current
Imin A Minimum phase current

3.5. Circuit breaker condition monitoring

The relay has a condition monitoring function that supervises
the wearing of the circuit-breaker. The condition monitoring
can give alarm for the need of CB maintenance well before the
CB condition is critical.
The CB wear function measures the breaking current of each
CB pole separately and then estimates the wearing of the CB
accordingly the permissible cycle diagram. The breaking

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 93

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

current is registered when the trip relay supervised by the

circuit breaker failure protection (CBFP) is activated. (See
chapter 2.22 for CBFP and the setting parameter "CBrelay".)
Breaker curve and its approximation
The permissible cycle diagram is usually available in the
documentation of the CB manufacturer (Figure 3.5-1). The
diagram specifies the permissible number of cycles for every
level of the breaking current. This diagram is parameterised to
the condition monitoring function with maximum eight
[current, cycles] points. See Table 3.5-1. If less than eight
points needed, the unused points are set to [IBIG, 1], where IBIG
is more than the maximum breaking capacity.
If the CB wearing characteristics or part of it is a straight line
on a log/log graph, the two end points are enough to define that
part of the characteristics. This is because the relay is using
logarithmic interpolation for any current values falling in
between the given current points 2...8.
The points 4...8 are not needed for the CB in Figure 3.5-1. Thus
they are set to 100 kA and one operation in the table to be
discarded by the algorithm.
100000
Number of permitted operations

10000

1000

100
50

20
10
100 200 500 1000 10000 100000
Breaked current (A) CBWEARcharacteristics

Figure 3.5-1. An example of a circuit breaker wearing characteristic graph.

Table 3.5-1. An example of circuit breaker wearing

characteristics in a table format. The value are taken from
the figure above. The table is edited with VAMPSET under
menu "BREAKER CURVE".
Point Interrupted current Number of permitted
(kA) operations
1 0 (mechanical age) 10000
2 1.25 (rated current) 10000
3 31.0 (maximum breaking current) 80
4 100 1
5 100 1
6 100 1
7 100 1
8 100 1

94 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Setting alarm points

There are two alarm points available having two setting
parameters each.
Current.
The first alarm can be set for example to nominal current of
the CB or any application typical current. The second alarm
can be set for example according a typical fault current.
Operations left alarm limit
An alarm is activated when there are less operation left at
the given current level than this limit.
Any actual interrupted current will be logarithmically weighted
for the two given alarm current levels and the number of
operations left at the alarm points is decreased accordingly.
When the "operations left" i.e. the number of remaining
operations, goes under the given alarm limit, an alarm signal is
issued to the output matrix. Also an event is generated
depending on the event enabling.

Clearing "operations left" counters

After the breaker curve table is filled and the alarm currents
are defined, the wearing function can be initialised by clearing
the decreasing operation counters with parameter "Clear"
(Clear oper. left cntrs). After clearing the relay will show the
maximum allowed operations for the defined alarm current
levels.

Operation counters to monitor the wearing

The operations left can be read from the counters "Al1Ln"
(Alarm 1) and "Al2Ln" (Alarm2). There are three values for
both alarms, one for each phase. The smallest of three is
supervised by the two alarm functions.
Logarithmic interpolation
The permitted number of operations for currents in between
the defined points are logarithmically interpolated using
equation
Equation 3.5-1

a
C= , where
In
C = permitted operations
I = interrupted current
a = constant according Equation 3.5-2
n = constant according Equation 3.5-3

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 95

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Equation 3.5-2

Ck
ln
C k +1
n=
I
ln k +1
Ik
Equation 3.5-3

a = C k I k2
ln = natural logarithm function
Ck = permitted operations. k = row 2...7 in Table 3.5-1.
Ik = corresponding current. k = row 2...7 in Table 3.5-1.
Ck+1 = permitted operations. k = row 2...7 in Table 3.5-1.
Ik+1 = corresponding current. k = row 2...7 in Table 3.5-1.
Example of the logarithmic interpolation
Alarm 2 current is set to 6 kA. What is the maximum number
of operations according Table 3.5-1.

The current 6 kA lies between points 2 and 3 in the table. That

gives value for the index k. Using
k =2
Ck = 10000
Ck+1 = 80
Ik+1 = 31 kA
Ik = 1.25 kA

and the Equation 3.5-2 and Equation 3.5-3, the relay calculates
10000
ln
n= 80 = 1.5038
31000
ln
1250
a = 10000 12501.5038 = 454 10 6

Using Equation 3.5-1 the relay gets the number of permitted

operations for current 6 kA.
454 10 6
C= = 945
60001.5038

96 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Thus the maximum number of current breaking at 6 kA is 945.

This can be verified with the original breaker curve in Figure
3.5-1. Indeed, the figure shows that at 6 kA the operation count
is between 900 and 1000. A useful alarm level for operation-
left, could be in this case for example 50 being about five per
cent of the maximum.
Example of operation counter decrementing when the CB is
breaking a current
Alarm2 is set to 6 kA. CBFP is supervising trip relay T1 and
trip signal of an overcurrent stage detecting a two phase fault
is connected to this trip relay T1. The interrupted phase
currents are 12.5 kA, 12.5 kA and 1.5 kA. How much are
Alarm2 counters decremented ?
Using Equation 3.5-1 and values n and a from the previous
example, the relay gets the number of permitted operation at
10 kA.
454 10 6
C10 kA = = 313
125001.5038

At alarm level 2, 6 kA, the corresponding number of operations

is calculated according
Equation 3.5-4

C AlarmMax
=
C
945
L1 = L 2 = =3
313

Thus Alarm2 counters for phases L1 and L2 are decremented

by 3. In phase L1 the currents is less than the alarm limit
current 6 kA. For such currents the decrement is one.
L3 = 1

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 97

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Local panel parameters of CBWEAR function

Parameter Value Unit Description Set
CBWEAR STATUS
Operations left for
Al1L1 - Alarm 1, phase L1
Al1L2 - Alarm 1, phase L2
Al1L3 - Alarm 1, phase L3
Al2L1 - Alarm 2, phase L1
Al2L2 - Alarm 2, phase L2
Al2L3 - Alarm 2, phase L3
Latest trip
Date Time stamp of the latest
time trip operation
IL1 A Broken current of phase
IL2 A L1
IL3 A Broken current of phase
L2
Broken current of phase
L3
CBWEAR SET
Alarm1
Current 0.00 100.00 kA Alarm1 current level Set
Cycles 100000 1 Alarm1 limit for Set
operations left
Alarm2
Current 0.00 100.00 kA Alarm2 current level Set
Cycles 100000 1 Alarm2 limit for Set
operations left
CBWEAR SET2
Al1On On 'Alarm1 on' event Set
Off enabling
Al1Off On 'Alarm1 off' event Set
Off enabling
Al2On On 'Alarm2 on' event Set
Off enabling
Al2Off On 'Alarm2 off' event Set
Off enabling
Clear Clearing of cycle counters Set
Clear
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

The breaker curve table is edited with VAMPSET.

98 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006

VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

3.6. Energy pulse outputs

The device can be configured to send a pulse whenever certain
amount of energy has been imported or exported. The principle
is presented in Figure 3.6-1. Each time the energy level reaches
the pulse size, an output relay is activated and the relay will be
active as long as defined by a pulse duration setting.

Figure 3.6-1. Principle of energy pulses

The relay has four energy pulse outputs. The output channels
are:
Active exported energy
Reactive exported energy
Active imported energy
Reactive imported energy

Each channel can be connected to any combination of the

output relays using output matrix. The parameters for the
energy pulses can be found in the E menu under the submenus
E-PULSE SIZES and E-PULSE DURATION.
Energy pulse output parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description
Description
E-PULSE E+ 10 10 000 kWh Pulse size of active
SIZES exported energy
Eq+ 10 10 000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive
exported energy
E- 10 10 000 kWh Pulse size of active
imported energy
Eq- 10 10 000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive
imported energy
E-PULSE E+ 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active
DURATION exported energy
Eq+ 100 5000 ms Pulse length of
reactive exported
energy
E- 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active
imported energy
Eq- 100 5000 ms Pulse length of
reactive imported
energy

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 99

VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Scaling examples
Example 1.
Average active exported power is 250 MW.
Peak active exported power is 400 MW.
Pulse size is 250 kWh.
The average pulse frequency will be 250/0.250 = 1000 pulses/h.
The peak pulse frequency will be 400/0.250 = 1600 pulses/h.
Set pulse length to 3600/1600 0.2 = 2.0 s or less.
The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be
50x106/1000 h = 6 a.
This is not a practical scaling example unless an output relay
lifetime of about six years is accepted.
Example 2.
Average active exported power is 100 MW.
Peak active exported power is 800 MW.
Pulse size is 400 kWh.
The average pulse frequency will be 100/0.400 = 250 pulses/h.
The peak pulse frequency will be 800/0.400 = 2000 pulses/h.
Set pulse length to 3600/2000 0.2 = 1.6 s or less.
The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be
50x106/250 h = 23 a.

Example 3.
Average active exported power is 20 MW.
Peak active exported power is 70 MW.
Pulse size is 60 kWh.
The average pulse frequency will be 25/0.060 = 416.7 pulses/h.
The peak pulse frequency will be 70/0.060 = 1166.7 pulses/h.
Set pulse length to 3600/1167 0.2 = 2.8 s or less.
The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be
50x106/417 h = 14 a.
Example 4.
Average active exported power is 1900 kW.
Peak active exported power is 50 MW.
Pulse size is 10 kWh.
The average pulse frequency will be 1900/10 = 190 pulses/h.
The peak pulse frequency will be 50000/10 = 5000 pulses/h.
Set pulse length to 3600/5000 0.2 = 0.5 s or less.
The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be
50x106/190 h = 30 a.

100 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

VAMP relalys + +
PLC

T 1 Pulse counter input 1

Active exported
energy pulses
+E

T 2 Pulse counter input 2

Reactive exported
energy pulses
+Eq

A 1 Pulse counter input 3

Active imported
energy pulses
-E

A 2 Pulse counter input 4

Reactive imported
energy pulses
-Eq
e-pulseconf1
-
Figure 3.6-2. Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a
PLC having common plus and using an external wetting voltage

VAMP relays

++
PLC
T 1
Active exported
energy pulses
+E
Pulse counter input 1

T 2
Reactive exported
energy pulses
+Eq
Pulse counter input 2

A 1
Active imported
energy pulses
-E
Pulse counter input 3

A 2
Reactive imported
energy pulses
-Eq
Pulse counter input 4

-
e-pulseconf2

Figure 3.6-3. Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a

PLC having common minus and using an external wetting voltage

VAMP relays
PLC

T 1
Active exported Pulse counter input 1
energy pulses
+E

T 2
Reactive exported Pulse counter input 2
energy pulses
+Eq

A 1
Active imported Pulse counter input 3
energy pulses
-E

A 2
Reactive imported Pulse counter input 4
energy pulses
-Eq

e-pulseconf3

Figure 3.6-4. Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a

PLC having common minus and an internal wetting voltage.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 101
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

3.7. System clock and synchronization

The internal clock of the relay is used to time stamp events and
disturbance recordings.
The system clock should be externally synchronised to get
comparable event time stamps for all the relays in the system.

The synchronizing is based on the difference of the internal

time and the synchronising message or pulse. This deviation is
filtered and the internal time is corrected softly towards a zero
deviation.
Adapting auto adjust
During tens of hours of synchronizing the device will learn its
average error and starts to make small corrections by itself.
The target is that when the next synchronizing message is
received, the deviation is already near zero. Parameters
"AAIntv" and "AvDrft" will show the adapted correction time
interval of this 1 ms auto-adjust function.
Time drift correction without external sync
If any external synchronizing source is not available and the
system clock has a known steady drift, it is possible to roughly
correct the clock error by editing the parameters "AAIntv" and
"AvDrft". The following equation can be used if the previous
"AAIntv" value has been zero.
604.8
AAIntv =
DriftInOneWeek

If the auto-adjust interval "AAIntv" has not been zero, but

further trimming is still needed, the following equation can be
used to calculate a new auto-adjust interval.
1
AAIntv NEW =
1 DriftInOneWeek
+
AAIntv PREVIOUS 604.8

The term DriftInOneWeek/604.8 may be replaced with the

relative drift multiplied by 1000, if some other period than one
week has been used. For example if the drift has been 37
seconds in 14 days, the relative drift is 37*1000/(14*24*3600) =
0.0306 ms/s.

102 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Example 1.
If there has been no external sync and the relay's clock is
leading sixty-one seconds a week and the parameter AAIntv
has been zero, the parameters are set as
AvDrft = Lead
604.8
AAIntv = = 9 .9 s
61
With these parameter values the system clock corrects itself
with 1 ms every 9.9 seconds which equals 61.091 s/week.

Example 2.
If there is no external sync and the relay's clock has been
lagging five seconds in nine days and the AAIntv has been
9.9 s, leading, then the parameters are set as
1
AAIntv NEW = = 10.6
1 5000

9.9 9 24 3600
AvDrft = Lead
NOTE! When the internal time is roughly correct deviation is less than four
seconds any synchronizing or auto-adjust will never turn the clock
backwards. Instead, in case the clock is leading, it is softly slowed down
to maintain causality.

System clock parameters

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Date Current date Set
Time Current time Set
Style Date format Set
ydm Year-Month-Day
d.m.y Day.Month.Year
m/d/y Month/Day/Year
SyncDI The digital input used for clock ***)

synchronisation.
DI not used for synchronizing
DI1, DI2 Minute pulse input
TZone 12.00 ... UTC time zone for SNTP Set
+14.00 *) synchronization.
Note: This is a decimal number.
For example for state of Nepal
the time zone 5:45 is given as
5.75
DST No Daylight saving time for SNTP Set
Yes

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 103
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

SySrc Clock synchronisation source
Internal No sync recognized since 200 s
DI Digital input
SNTP Protocol sync
SpaBus Protocol sync
ModBus Protocol sync
ProfibusDP Protocol sync
IEC-103 Protocol sync
IEC101 Protocol sync
DNP3 Protocol sync
MsgCnt 0 ... 65535, The number of received
0 ... etc. synchronisation messages or
pulses
Dev 32767 ms Latest time deviation between
the system clock and the
received synchronization
SyOS 10000.000 s Synchronisation correction for Set
any constant error in the
synchronizing source.
AAIntv 10000 s Adapted auto adjust interval Set**
for 1 ms correction )

AvDrft Lead Adapted average clock drift Set

Lag sign **)

FilDev 125 ms Filtered synchronisation

deviation
Set = An editable parameter (password needed).
*) Astronomically a range 11 ... +12 h would be enough, but for political
and geographical reasons a larger range is needed.
**) If external synchoronization is used this parameter will be set
automatically.
***) Set the DI delay to its minimum and the polarity such that the leading
edge is the synchronizing edge.

Synchronisation with DI
Clock can be synchronized by reading minute pulses from
digital inputs, virtual inputs or virtual outputs. Sync source is
selected with SyncDI setting. When rising edge is detected from
the selected input, system clock is adjusted to the nearest
minute. Length of digital input pulse should be at least 50 ms.
Delay of the selected digital input should be set to zero.
Synchronisation correction
If the sync source has a known offset delay, it can be
compensated with SyOS setting. This is useful for
compensating hardware delays or transfer delays of
communication protocols. A positive value will compensate a
lagging external sync and communication delays. A negative
value will compensate any leading offset of the external synch
source.

104 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Sync source
When the device receives new sync message, the sync source
display is updated. If no new sync messages are received within
next 1.5 minutes, the device will change to internal sync mode.
Deviation
The time deviation means how much system clock time differs
from sync source time. Time deviation is calculated after
receiving new sync message. The filtered deviation means how
much the system clock was really adjusted. Filtering takes care
of small errors in sync messages.
Auto-lag/lead
The device synchronizes to the sync source, meaning it starts
automatically leading or lagging to stay in perfect sync with the
master. The learning process takes few days.

3.8. Running hour counter

This function calculates the total active time of the selected
digital input, virtual I/O or output matrix output signal. The
resolution is ten seconds.
Running hour counter parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Runh 0 ... 876000 h Total active time, hours (Set)
Note: The label text Runh can
be edited with VAMPSET.
0 ... 3599 s Total active time, seconds (Set)
Starts 0 ... 65535 Activation counter (Set)
Status Stop Current status of the selected
Run digital signal
DI Select the supervised signal Set
- None
DI1, DI2, Physical inputs
VI1VI4, Virtual inputs
LedAl, Output matrix out signal Al
LedTr, Output matrix out signal Tr
LedA, Output matrix out signal LA
LedB, Output matrix out signal LB
LedC, Output matrix out signal LC
LedD, Output matrix out signal DR
LedE, Virtual outputs
LedF,
LedDR
VO1VO6

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 105
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit

Description Note
Started at Date and time of the last
activation
Stopped at Date and time of the last
inactivation
Set = An editable parameter (password needed).
(Set) = An informative value which can be edited as well.

3.9. Timers
The VAMP protection platform includes four settable timers
that can be used together with the user's programmable logic or
to control setting groups and other applications that require
actions based on calendar time. Each timer has its own
settings. The selected on-time and off-time is set and then the
activation of the timer can be set to be as daily or according the
day of week (See the setting parameters for details). The timer
outputs are available for logic functions and for the block and
output matrix.

Figure 3.9-1. Timer output sequence in different modes.

The user can force any timer, which is in use, on or off. The
forcing is done by writing a new status value. No forcing flag is
needed as in forcing i.e. the output relays.
The forced time is valid until the next forcing or until the next
reversing timed act from the timer itself.
The status of each timer is stored in non-volatile memory when
the auxiliary power is switched off. At start up, the status of
each timer is recovered.

106 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Setting parameters of timers

Parameter Value Description
TimerN Timer status
Not in use
0 Output is inactive
1 Output is active
On hh:mm:ss Activation time of the timer
Off hh:mm:ss De-activation time of the timer
Mode For each four timers there are 12 different
modes available:
The timer is off and not running. The output
is off i.e. 0 all the time.
Daily The timer switches on and off once every day.
Monday The timer switches on and off every Monday.
Tuesday The timer switches on and off every Tuesday.
Wednesday The timer switches on and off every
Wednesday.
Thursday The timer switches on and off every
Thursday.
Friday The timer switches on and off every Friday.
Saturday The timer switches on and off every Saturday.
Sunday The timer switches on and off every Sunday.
MTWTF The timer switches on and off every day
except Saturdays and Sundays
MTWTFS The timer switches on and off every day
except Sundays.
SatSun The timer switches on and off every Saturday
and Sunday.

3.10. Combined overcurrent status

This function is collecting faults, fault types and registered
fault currents of all enabled overcurrent stages.
Line fault parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
IFltLas xImode Current of the latest (Set)
overcurrent fault
LINE ALARM
AlrL1 Start (=alarm) status for
AlrL2 each phase.
AlrL3 0 0=No start since alarm
1 ClrDly
1=Start is on

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 107
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

OCs Combined overcurrent
start status.
0 AlrL1=AlrL2=AlrL3=0
1 AlrL1=1 orAlrL2=1 or
AlrL3=1
LxAlarm 'On' Event enabling for Set
On AlrL1...3
Off Events are enabled
Events are disabled
LxAlarmOff 'Off' Event enabling for Set
On AlrL1...3
Off Events are enabled
Events are disabled
OCAlarm 'On' Event enabling for Set
combined o/c starts
On Events are enabled
Off Events are disabled
OCAlarmOff 'Off' Event enabling for Set
combined o/c starts
On Events are enabled
Off Events are disabled
IncFltEvnt Disabling several start and Set
trip events of the same
On fault
Off Several events are enabled
*)

Several events of an
increasing fault is disabled
**)

ClrDly 0 ... 65535 s Duration for active alarm Set

status AlrL1, Alr2, AlrL3
and OCs
LINE FAULT
FltL1 Fault (=trip) status for
FltL2 each phase.
FltL3 0 0=No fault since fault
1 ClrDly
1=Fault is on
OCt Combined overcurrent trip
status.
0 FltL1=FltL2=FltL3=0
1 FltL1=1 orFltL2=1 or
FltL3=1
LxTrip 'On' Event enabling for Set
On FltL1...3
Off Events are enabled
Events are disabled
LxTripOff 'Off' Event enabling for Set
On FltL1...3
Off Events are enabled
Events are disabled

108 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Note

OCTrip 'On' Event enabling for Set
combined o/c trips
On Events are enabled
Off Events are disabled
OCTripOff 'Off' Event enabling for Set
combined o/c starts
On Events are enabled
Off Events are disabled
IncFltEvnt Disabling several events of Set
the same fault
On Several events are enabled
*)
Off
Several events of an
increasing fault is disabled
**)

ClrDly 0 ... 65535 s Duration for active alarm Set

status FltL1, Flt2, FltL3
and OCt
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
*) Used with IEC 60870-105-103 communication protocol. The alarm screen
will show the latest if it's the biggest registered fault current, too. Not used
with Spabus, because Spabus masters usually don't like to have unpaired
On/Off events.
**) Used with SPA-bus protocol, because most SPA-bus masters do need an
off-event for each corresponding on-event.

3.11. Self-supervision
The functions of the micro controller and the associated
circuitry, as well as the program execution are supervised by
means of a separate watchdog circuit. Besides supervising the
relay, the watchdog circuit attempts to restart the micro
controller in a fault situation. If the restarting fails, the
watchdog issues a self-supervision alarm indicating a
permanent internal fault.
When the watchdog circuit detects a permanent fault, it always
blocks any control of other output relays (except for the self-
supervision output relay).
In addition, the internal supply voltages are supervised. Should
the auxiliary supply of the relay disappear, an alarm is
automatically given because the internal fault (IF) output relay
functions on a working current principle. This means that the
IF relay is energized when the auxiliary supply is on and no
internal fault is detected.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 109
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

3.11.1. Diagnostics
The device runs self-diagnostic tests for hardware and software
in every boot sequence and also performs runtime checking.
Fatal errors
If fatal error has been detected, the device releases IF relay
contact and error led is set on. Local panel will also display an
error message about the detected fault. Fatal error state is
entered when the device is not able to handle protections.
Runtime errors
When self-diagnostic function detects a fault, Selfdiag Alarm
matrix signal is set and an event (E56) is generated. In case the
error was only temporary, an off event is generated (E57). Self
diagnostic error can be reset via local panel interface.

Error registers
There are four 16-bit error registers which are readable
through remote protocols. The following table shows the
meaning of each error register and their bits.
Register Bit Code Description
0 (LSB) T1
1 T2
SelfDiag1 2 T3 Output relay fault
3 T4
4 A1
0 (LSB) DAC mA-output fault
1 STACK OS: stack fault
2 MemChk OS: memory fault
3 BGTask OS: background task timeout
4 DI Digital input fault (DI1, DI2)
5
6 Arc Arc card fault
7 SecPulse Hardware error
SelfDiag3
8 RangeChk DB: Setting outside range
9 CPULoad OS: overload
10 +24V
Internal voltage fault
11 -15V
12 ITemp Internal temperature too high
13 ADChk1 A/D converter error
14 ADChk2 A/D converter error
15 (MSB) E2prom E2prom error
0 (LSB) +12V Internal voltage fault
SelfDiag4
1 ComBuff BUS: buffer error

The error code is displayed in self diagnostic events and on the

diagnostic menu on local panel and VAMPSET.

110 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

4. Measurement functions
All the direct measurements are based on fundamental
frequency values. The exceptions are frequency and
instantaneous current for arc protection. Most protection
functions are also based on the fundamental frequency values.
The device calculates the active (P), reactive (Q), apparent
power (S) and energy measures (E+, Eq+, E-, Eq-) from voltage
and current measurements when voltage measurement mode is
set to 1LL (line-to-line voltage) or 1LN (phase-to-neutral
voltage).
The figure shows a current waveform and the corresponding
fundamental frequency component f1, second harmonic f2 and
rms value in a special case, when the current deviates
significantly from a pure sine wave.

harmonic f2/f1 (%)

Load = 0%
10 100

Relative 2nd
rms f2/f1 (%)
5 f1 50
Current (PU)

f2
0 0

-5
IL2
-10

0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

Time (s) InrushCurrentLoad0

Figure 4-1 Example of various current values of a transformer inrush

current.

4.1. Measurement accuracy

Phase current inputs IL1, IL2, IL3
Measuring range 0 250 A
Inaccuracy I 7.5 A 0.5 % of value or 15 mA
I > 7.5 A 3 % of value
The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz.
Voltage input U
The usage of voltage inputs depends on the configuration
parameter voltage measurement mode. For example, U is the
zero sequence voltage input U0 if the mode U0 is selected.
Measuring range 0 160 V
Inaccuracy 0.5 % or 0.3 V
The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 111
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Residual current inputs I01, I02

Measuring range 0 10 xIn
Inaccuracy I 1.5 xIn 0.3 % of value or 0.2 % of In
I > 1.5 xIn 3 % of value
The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz.
The rated input In is 5A, 1 A or 0.2 A. It is specified in the
order code of the relay.
Frequency
Measuring range 16 Hz 75 Hz
Inaccuracy 10 mHz
The frequency is measured from current signals.
THD and harmonics
Inaccuracy I, U > 0.1 PU 2 % units
Update rate Once a second
The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz.

4.2. RMS values

RMS currents
The device calculates the RMS value of each phase current. The
minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and
stored (see chapter 4.5).
2 2 2
I rms = I f 1 + I f 2 + ... + I f 15

RMS voltages
The device calculates the RMS value of each voltage input. The
minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and
stored (see chapter 4.5).
2 2 2
U rms = U f 1 + U f 2 + ... + U f 15

4.3. Harmonics and Total Harmonic

Distortion (THD)
The device calculates the THDs as percentage of the base
frequency for currents and voltages.
The device calculates the harmonics from the 2nd to the 15th of
phase currents and voltages. (The 17th harmonic component
will also be shown partly in the value of the 15th harmonic
component. This is due to the nature of digital sampling.)

112 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

The harmonic distortion is calculated using equation

15

h
i =2
i
2

THD = , where
h1
h1 = Fundamental value
h2...15 = Harmonics
Example
h1 = 100 A
h3 = 10 A
h7 =3A
h11 =8A
10 2 + 3 2 + 8 2
THD = = 13.2%
100

For reference the RMS value is:

RMS = 100 2 + 10 2 + 3 2 + 8 2 = 100.9 A

Another way to calculate THD is to use the RMS value as

reference instead of the fundamental frequency value. In the
example above the result would then be 13.0 %.

4.4. Demand values

The relay calculates average i.e. demand values of phase
currents IL1, IL2, IL3 and power values S, P and Q. The demand
time is configurable from 10 minutes to 30 minutes with
parameter "Demand time".
Demand value parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Set
Time 10 ... 30 min Demand time (averaging time) Set
Fundamental frequency values
IL1da A Demand of phase current IL1
IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2
IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3
Pda kW Demand of active power P
PFda Demand of power factor PF
Qda kvar Demand of reactive power Q
Sda kVA Demand of apparent power S
RMS values
IL1da A Demand of phase current IL1
IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2
IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 113
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

4.5. Minimum and maximum values

Minimum and maximum values are registered with time
stamps since the latest manual clearing or since the device has
been restarted. The available registered min & max values are
listed in the following table.
Min & Max Description
measurement
IL1, IL2, IL3 Phase current (fundamental frequency value)
IL1RMS, IL2RMS, Phase current, rms value
IL3RMS
Io1, Io2 Residual current
U12, U23, U31 Line-to-line voltage
Uo Zero sequence voltage
f Frequency
P, Q, S Active, reactive, apparent power
IL1da, IL2da, IL3da Demand values of phase currents
IL1da, IL2da, IL3da Demand values of phase currents, rms values
(rms value)
PFda Power factor demand value

The clearing parameter "ClrMax" is common for all these

values.
Parameters
Parameter Value Description Set
ClrMax Reset all minimum and maximum S
values
Clear

4.6. Maximum values of the last 31 days

and twelve months
Some maximum and minimum values of the last 31 days and
the last twelve months are stored in the non-volatile memory of
the relay. Corresponding time stamps are stored for the last 31
days. The registered values are listed in the following table.
Measurement Max Min Description

IL1, IL2, IL3 X Phase current (fundamental frequency value)

Io1, Io2 X Residual current
S X Apparent power
P X X Active power
Q X X Reactive power
The value can be a one cycle value or an average according
parameter "Timebase".

114 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters of the day and month registers

Parameter Value Description Set
Timebase Parameter to select the type of the S
registered values.
20 ms Collect min & max of one cycle values *)
200 ms Collect min & max of 200 ms average
1s values
1 min Collect min & max of 1 s average values
Collect min & max of 1 minute average
demand values
Collect min & max of demand values (see
chapter 4.4)
ResetDays Reset the 31 day registers S
ResetMon Reset the 12 month registers S
*) This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every
20 ms.

4.7. Voltage measurement modes

Depending on the application and available voltage
transformers, the relay can be connected either to zero-
sequence voltage, one line-to-line voltage or one phase-to-
ground voltage. The configuration parameter "Voltage
measurement mode" must be set according the used connection.
The available modes are:
"U0"
The device is connected to zero sequence voltage.
Directional earth fault protection is available. Line voltage
measurement, energy measurement and over- and
undervoltage protection are not possible (see Figure 4.7-1).
"1LL"
The device is connected to one line-to-line voltage. Single
phase voltage measurement and over- and undervoltage
protection are available. Directional earth fault protection
is not possible (see Figure 4.7-2 and Figure).
"1LN"
The device is connected to one phase-to-ground voltage.
Single phase voltage measurement is available. In low
impedance grounded networks over- and undervoltage
protection are available. Directional earth fault protection
is not possible (see Figure 4.7-3 and Figure ).

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 115
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

L1 L2 L3 VAMP 40

13
14 "Uo"

Uo

Figure 4.7-1 VAMP 40 Broken delta connection in voltage measurement

mode U0.

L1 L2 L3 VAMP 40

13
14
"1LL"

1Line

Figure 4.7-2 VAMP 40 line-to-line voltage in voltage measurement mode

1LL.

L1 L2 L3 VAMP 40

13

14 "1LN"

1Phase

Figure 4.7-3 VAMP 40 phase-to-neutral voltage in voltage measurement

mode 1LN.

4.8. Power calculations

NOTE! These calculations is available when voltage measurement mode is 1LL
(line-to-line voltage, see Figure) or 1LN (phase-to-neutral voltage, see
Figure ).

The power calculations in the VAMP 40 are dependant on the

voltage measurement mode. The formulas used by the VAMP
40 for power calculations are found in this chapter

116 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Line to line voltages measured (1LL mode)

As the device is measuring U12 only, the U23 voltage is
calculated by assuming that voltages are symmetrical.
o
a = 1120
2
U 23 = a U12
S = U 12 I *L1 U 23 I * L 3
where,
U 12 = Measured line voltage L1-L2 phasor, fundamental
frequency component.
I *L1 = Complex conjugate of the measured phase L1
current phasor.
U 23 = Measured line voltage L2-L3 phasor, fundamental
frequency component
I *L 3 = Complex conjugate of the measured phase L3
current phasor.
P = real ( S )
Q = imag ( S )
P
cos =
S

Phase to neutral voltages measured (1LN mode)

Active power calculation for one phase:
PL1 = U L1 I L1 cos
Reactive power calculation for one phase:
QL1 = U L1 I L1 sin
where,
UL1 = Measured L1 phase voltage
IL1 = Measured L1 current
= Angle between UL1 and IL1

Active, reactive and apparent power are calculated as follows:

P = 3PL1
Q = 3QL1
S = P2 + Q2
P
cos =
S

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 117
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

4.9. Direction of power and current

Figure 4.9-1 shows the concept of three phase current direction
and sign of cos and power factor PF. Figure 4.9-2 shows the
same concepts, but on a PQ-power plane.
+90

-ind +cap
Reverse inductive power Forward capacitive power
current is leading current is leading
cosj = - cosj = +
PF = + PF = -

VREF 0
I
-cap +ind
Reverse capacitive power Forward inductive power
current is lagging current is lagging
cosj = - cos j = +
PF = - PF = +
UI_Quadrants

Figure 4.9-1 Quadrants of voltage/current phasor plane

Q
+90

-cap +ind
Reverse capacitive power Forward inductive power
current is lagging current is lagging
cosj = - cos j = +
PF = - PF = + S

P 0
-ind +cap
Reverse inductive power Forward capacitive power
current is leading current is leading
cosj = - cosj = +
PF = + PF = -

PQ_Quadrants

Figure 4.9-2 Quadrants of power plane

Table of power quadrants

Power Current Power cos
cos Power factor
quadrant related to direction PF
voltage
+ inductive Lagging Forward + +
+ capacitive Leading Forward +
inductive Leading Reverse +
capacitive Lagging Reverse

118 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

4.10. Symmetric components

In a three phase system, the voltage or current phasors may be
divided in symmetric components according C. L. Fortescue
(1918). The symmetric components are:
Positive sequence 1
Negative sequence 2
Zero sequence 0
Symmetric components are calculated according the following
equations:
S 0 1 1 1 U
S = 1 1 a a V
2
, where
1 3
S 2 1 a 2 a W
S0 = zero sequence component
S1 = positive sequence component
S2 = negative sequence component

1 3
a = 1120 = + j , a phasor rotating constant
2 2
U = phasor of phase L1 (phase current)
V = phasor of phase L2
W = phasor of phase L3

4.11. Primary, secondary and per unit

scaling
Many measurement values are shown as primary values
although the relay is connected to secondary signals. Some
measurement values are shown as relative values - per unit or
per cent. Almost all pick-up setting values are using relative
scaling. The scaling is done using the given CT, VT in feeder
mode and furthermore motor name plate values in motor mode.
The following scaling equations are useful when doing
secondary testing.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 119
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

4.11.1. Current scaling

NOTE! The rated value of the relay's current input 5 A, does not have any effect
in the scaling equations, but it defines the measurement range and the
maximum allowed continuous current. See chapter 9.1.1 for details.

Primary and secondary scaling

Current scaling
CTPRI
secondary primary I PRI = I SEC
CTSEC
CTSEC
primary secondary I SEC = I PRI
CTPRI

For residual currents to inputs I01 or I02 use the corresponding

CTPRI and CTSEC values. For earth fault stages using I0Calc
signals use the phase current CT values for CTPRI and CTSEC.
Example 1: Secondary to primary.
CT = 500/5
Current to the relay's input is 4 A.
Primary current is IPRI = 4x500/5 = 400 A
Example 2: Primary to secondary.
CT = 500/5
The relay displays IPRI = 400 A
Injected current is ISEC = 400x5/500 = 4 A

Per unit [pu] scaling

For phase currents excluding ArcI> stage
1 pu = 1xIMODE = 100 %, where
IMODE is the rated current of the motor or the nominal value of
the feeder.
For residual currents and ArcI> stage
1 pu = 1xCTSEC for secondary side and
1 pu = 1xCTPRI for primary side.
Phase current scaling Residual current (3I0)
excluding ArcI> stage scaling and phase
current scaling for ArcI>
stage
I SEC CTPRI I SEC
secondary per unit I PU = I PU =
CTSEC I MODE CTSEC
I MODE
per unit secondary I SEC = I PU CTSEC I SEC = I PU CTSEC
CTPRI

120 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Example 1: Secondary to per unit for phase currents excluding

ArcI>.
CT = 750/5
IMODE = 525 A
Current injected to the relay's inputs is 7 A.
Per unit current is
IPU = 7x750/(5x525) = 2.00 pu = 2.00 xIMODE = 200 %
Example 2: Secondary to per unit for ArcI>.
CT = 750/5
Current injected to the relay's inputs is 7 A.
Per unit current is
IPU = 7/5 = 1.4 pu = 140 %
Example 3: Per unit to secondary for phase currents excluding
ArcI>.
CT = 750/5
IMODE = 525 A
The relay setting is 2xIMODE = 2 pu = 200 %.
Secondary current is
ISEC = 2x5x525/750 = 7 A
Example 4: Per unit to secondary for ArcI>.
CT = 750/5
The relay setting is 2 pu = 200 %.
Secondary current is
ISEC = 2x5 = 10 A
Example 5: Secondary to per unit for residual current.
Input is I01 or I02.
CT0 = 50/1
Current injected to the relay's input is 30 mA.
Per unit current is
IPU = 0.03/1 = 0.03 pu = 3 %
Example 6: Per unit to secondary for residual current.
Input is I01 or I02.
CT0 = 50/1
The relay setting is 0.03 pu = 3 %.
Secondary current is
ISEC = 0.03x1 = 30 mA

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 121
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Example 7: Secondary to per unit for residual current.

Input is I0Calc.
CT = 750/5
Currents injected to the relay's IL1 input is 0.5 A.
IL2 = IL3 = 0.
Per unit current is
IPU = 0.5/5 = 0.1 pu = 10 %
Example 8: Per unit to secondary for residual current.
Input is I0Calc.
CT = 750/5
The relay setting is 0.1 pu = 10 %.
If IL2 = IL3 = 0, then secondary current to IL1 is
ISEC = 0.1x5 = 0.5 A

4.11.2. Voltage scaling

Primary/secondary scaling of line-to-line voltages
Line-
Line-to-
to-line voltage scaling
Voltage measurement mode = Voltage measurement mode =
"1LL" "1LN"
VTPRI VTPRI
secondary primary U PRI = U SEC U PRI = 3 U SEC
VTSEC VTSEC
VTSEC U PRI VTSEC
primary secondary U SEC = U PRI U SEC =
VTPRI 3 VTPRI

Example 1: Secondary to primary. Voltage measurement mode

is "1LL".
VT = 12000/110
Voltage connected to the relay's input is 100 V.
Primary voltage is UPRI = 100x12000/110 = 10909 V
Example 2: Secondary to primary. Voltage measurement mode
is "1LN".
VT = 12000/110
The voltage connected to the relay's input is 57.7 V.
Primary voltage is UPRI = 3x58x12000/110 = 10902 V
Example 3: Primary to secondary. Voltage measurement mode
is "1LL".
VT = 12000/110
The relay displays UPRI = 10910 V.
Secondary voltage is USEC = 10910x110/12000 = 100 V

122 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Example 4: Primary to secondary. Voltage measurement mode

is "1LN".
VT = 12000/110
The relay displays U12 = U23 = U31 = 10910 V.
Secondary voltage is
USEC = 10910/3x110/12000 = 57.7 V4
Per unit [pu] scaling of line-to-line voltages
One per unit = 1 pu = 1xUN = 100 %, where UN = rated voltage
of the VT.
Line-
Line-to-
to-line voltage
voltage scaling
Voltage measurement mode = Voltage measurement mode =
"1LL" "1LN"

secondary per U SEC U SEC

unit
U PU = U PU = 3
VTSEC VTSEC
per unit U SEC = U PU VTSEC VTSEC
secondary
U SEC = U PU
3

Example 1: Secondary to per unit. Voltage measurement mode

is "1LL".
VT = 12000/110
UN = VTPRI
Voltage connected to the relay's input is 110 V.
Per unit voltage is
UPU = 110/110 = 1.00 pu = 1.00xUMODE = 100 %
Example 2: Secondary to per unit. Voltage measurement mode
is "1LN".
VT = 12000/110
Phase-to-neutral voltage connected to the relay's input is 63.5
V.
Per unit voltage is
UPU = 3x63.5/110x12000/11000 = 1.00 pu = 1.00xUN =100 %
Example 3: Per unit to secondary. Voltage measurement mode
is "1LL".
VT = 12000/110
The relay displays 1.00 pu = 100 %.
Secondary voltage is
USEC = 1.00x110x11000/12000 = 100.8 V

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 123
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Example 4: Per unit to secondary. Voltage measurement mode

is "1LN".
VT = 12000/110
The relay displays 1.00 pu = 100 %.
Phase-to-neutral voltage connected to the relay's input is
USEC = 1.00x110/3x11000/12000 = 63.5 V

Per unit [pu] scaling of zero sequence voltage

Zero-
Zero-sequence voltage (U0) scaling
Voltage measurement mode = "U0"

secondary U SEC
per unit
U PU =
U 0 SEC
per unit U SEC = U PU U 0 SEC
secondary

Example 1: Secondary to per unit. Voltage measurement mode

is "U0".
U0SEC = 110 V (This is a configuration value corresponding to
U0 at full earth fault.)
Voltage connected to the relay's input is 22 V.
Per unit voltage is
UPU = 22/110 = 0.20 pu = 20 %

124 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

5. Control functions

5.1. Output relays

The output relays are also called digital outputs. Any internal
signal can be connected to the output relays using output
matrix. An output relay can be configured as latched or non-
latched. See output matrix for more details.

The difference between trip contacts and alarm contacts is the

DC breaking capacity. See chapters 9.1.4 and 9.1.5 for details.
The contacts are SPST normal open type (NO), except alarm
relay A1 which has change over contact (SPDT).
Parameters of output relays
Parameter
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
T1 T4 0 Status of trip output relay F
1
A1 0 Status of alarm output relay F
1
IF Status of the internal fault F
0 indication relay
1
Force On Force flag for output relay Set
Off forcing for test purposes.
This is a common flag for all
output relays and protection
stage status, too. Any forced
relay(s) and this flag are
automatically reset by a 5-
minute timeout.
REMOTE PULSES
T3, T4, A1 0.00 ... 99.98 s
Pulse length for direct Set
or output relay control via
99.99 communications protocols.
99.99 s = Infinite. Release by
writing "0" to the direct
control parameter
NAMES for OUTPUT RELAYS (editable with VAMPSET only)
Description String of Names for DO on VAMPSET Set
max. 32 screens. Default is
characters "Trip relay n", n=1...4 or
"Alarm relay n", n=1
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
F = Editable when force flag is on

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 125
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

5.2. Digital inputs

There are two (2) digital inputs available for control purposes.
The polarity normal open (NO) / normal closed (NC and a
delay can be configured according the application. The signals
are available for the output matrix, block matrix, user's
programmable logic etc.
The digital inputs need an external control voltage:
ON 18Vdc ( 50Vac)
OFF 10Vdc ( 5Vac)

These inputs are ideal for transferring the status information

of switching devices into the device. Please note that it is
possible to use two different control voltages for the inputs.

Label and description texts can be edited with VAMPSET

according the application. Labels are the short parameter
names used on the local panel and descriptions are the longer
names used by VAMPSET.
Parameters of digital inputs
Parameter Value Unit Description Set
DI1,DI2 0 Status of digital input
1
DI COUNTERS
COUNTERS
DI1, DI2 0 ... 65535 Cumulative active edge (Set)
counter
DELAYS FOR DIGITAL INPUTS
DI1, DI2 0.00 ... 60.00 s Definite delay for both on Set
and off transitions
CONFIGURATION DI1 ... DI6
Inverted no For normal open contacts Set
(NO). Active edge is 01
yes For normal closed
contacts (NC)
Active edge is 10
Alarm display no No pop-up display Set
yes Alarm pop-up display is
activated at active DI
edge
On event On Active edge event Set
Off enabled
Active edge event
disabled
Off event On Inactive edge event Set
Off enabled
Inactive edge event
disabled

126 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameter Value Unit Description Set

NAMES for DIGITAL INPUTS (editable with VAMPSET only)
Label String of Short name for DIs on Set
max. 10 the local display
characters Default is "DIn", n=1...2
Description String of Long name for DIs. Set
max. 32 Default is
characters "Digital input n", n=1...2
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

5.3. Virtual inputs and outputs

There are four virtual inputs and six virtual outputs. The four
virtual inputs acts like normal digital inputs. The state of the
virtual input can be changed from display, communication bus
and from VAMPSET. For example setting groups can be
changed using virtual inputs.
Parameters of virtual inputs
Parameter
Parameter Value Unit Description Set
VI1 ... VI4 0 Status of virtual input
1
Events On Event enabling Set
Off
NAMES for VIRTUAL INPUTS (editable with VAMPSET only)
Label String of Short name for VIs on the Set
max. 10 local display
characters Default is "VIn", n=1...4
Description String of Long name for VIs. Set
max. 32 Default is
characters "Virtual input n", n=1...4
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

The six virtual outputs do act like output relays, but there are
no physical contacts. Virtual outputs are shown in the output
matrix and the block matrix. Virtual outputs can be used with
the user's programmable logic and to change the active setting
group etc.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 127
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

5.4. Output matrix

By means of the output matrix, the output signals of the
various protection stages, digital inputs, logic outputs and
other internal signals can be connected to the output relays,
front panel indicators, virtual outputs etc.
There are two LED indicators named "Alarm" and "Trip" on the
front panel. Furthermore there are six general purpose LED
indicators "A", "B", "C", "D", "E" and "F" available for
customer-specific indications. In addition, the triggering of the
disturbance recorder (DR) and virtual outputs are configurable
in the output matrix. See an example in Figure 5.4-1.
An output relay or indicator LED can be configured as latched
or non-latched. A non-latched relay follows the controlling
signal. A latched relay remains activated although the
controlling signal releases.
There is a common "release latched" signal to release all the
latched relays. This release signal resets all the latched output
relays and indicators. The reset signal can be given via a digital
input, via a keypad or through communication. Any digital
input can be used for resetting. The selection of the input is
done with the VAMPSET software under the menu "Release
output matrix latches". Under the same menu, the "Release
latches" parameter can be used for resetting.

Figure 5.4-1 Output matrix.

128 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

5.5. Blocking matrix

By means of a blocking matrix, the operation of any protection
stage can be blocked. The blocking signal can originate from
the digital inputs DI1 to DI2, or it can be a start or trip signal
from a protection stage or an output signal from the user's
programmable logic. In the block matrix Figure 5.5-1 an active
blocking is indicated with a black dot () in the crossing point
of a blocking signal and the signal to be blocked.

Figure 5.5-1 Blocking matrix and output matrix

5.6. Controllable objects

The device allows controlling of six objects, that is, circuit-
breakers, disconnectors and earthing switches. Controlling can
be done by "select-execute" or "direct control" principle.
The logic functions can be used to configure interlocking for a
safe controlling before the output pulse is issued. The objects
1...6 are controllable while the objects 7...8 are only able to
show the status.
Controlling is possible by the following ways:
o through the local HMI
o through a remote communication
o through a digital input.
The connection of an object to specific output relays is done via
an output matrix (object 1-6 open output, object 1-65 close
output). There is also an output signal Object failed, which is
activated if the control of an object fails.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 129
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Object states
Each object has the following states:
Setting Value Description
Undefined (00)
Open Actual state of the
Object state
Close object
Undefined (11)

Basic settings for controllable objects

Each controllable object has the following settings:
Setting Value Description
DI for obj open None, any digital Open information
DI for obj close input, virtual input Close information
DI for obj ready or virtual output Ready information

Max ctrl pulse length Pulse length for open

0.02 600 s
and close commands
Completion timeout Timeout of ready
0.02 600 s
indication

Object control Open/Close Direct object control

If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Max
ctrl pulse length setting, object fails and Object failure
matrix signal is set. Also undefined-event is generated.
Completion timeout is only used for the ready indication. If
DI for obj ready is not set, completion timeout has no
meaning.
Output signals of controllable objects
Each controllable object has 2 control signals in matrix:
Output signal Description
Object x Open Open control signal for the object
Object x Close Close control signal for the object
These signals send control pulse when an object is controlled by
digital input, remote bus, auto-reclose etc.
Settings for read-only objects
Each read-only object has the following settings:
Setting Value Description
DI for obj open None, any digital Open information
input, virtual input
DI for obj close Close information
or virtual output

Object timeout Timeout for state

0.02 600 s
changes
If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Object
timeout setting, object fails and Object failure matrix signal
is set. Also undefined-event is generated.

130 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Controlling with DI (firmware version >= 5.53)

Objects can be controlled with digital input, virtual input or
virtual output. There are four settings for each controllable
object:
Setting
Setting Active
DI for remote open control
In remote state
DI for remote close control
DI for local open control
In local state
DI for local close control

If the device is in local control state, the remote control inputs

are ignored and vice versa. Object is controlled when a rising
edge is detected from the selected input. Length of digital input
pulse should be at least 60 ms.

5.6.1. Local/Remote selection

In Local mode, the output relays can be controlled via a local
HMI, but they cannot be controlled via a remote serial
communication interface.
In Remote mode, the output relays cannot be controlled via a
local HMI, but they can be controlled via a remote serial
communication interface.
The selection of the Local/Remote mode is done by using a local
HMI, or via one selectable digital input. The digital input is
normally used to change a whole station to a local or remote
mode. The selection of the L/R digital input is done in the
Objects menu of the VAMPSET software.
NOTE! A password is not required for a remote control operation.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 131
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

5.7. Auto-reclose function (79)

The auto-reclose (AR) matrix in the following Figure 5.7-1
describes the start and trip signals forwarded to the auto-
reclose function.

Open CB

Close CB
AR-matrix Ready Start delay Dead time Discrimination Reclaim time
(Wait for time

.
.
I>>s
I>t
I>s
AR-request)

Move back to shot 1.

Reclaim time succeeded.
Critical 0...300 s 0...300 s
Shot 1 AR1 In use 0...300 s 0...300 s 0...300 s 0...300 s
AR2 In use

Not in use 0...300 s 0...300 s

Shot 2 In use

continue on next shot

reclaim time,
activated during
If new AR request is
make final trip
discrimination time,
activated during
If critical signal is
Shot 3...5

Figure 5.7-1 Auto-reclose matrix

The AR matrix above defines which signals (the start and trip
signals from protection stages or digital input) are forwarded to
the auto-reclose function. In the AR function, the AR signals
can be configured to initiate the reclose sequence. Each shot
from 1 to 5 has its own enabled/disabled flag. If more than one
AR signal activates at the same time, AR1 has highest priority
and AR2 the lowest. Each AR signal has an independent start
delay for the shot 1. If a higher priority AR signal activates
during the start delay, the start delay setting will be changed
to that of the highest priority AR signal.
After the start delay the circuit-breaker (CB) will be opened if
it is closed. When the CB opens, a dead time timer is started.
Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own dead time setting.
After the dead time the CB will be closed and a discrimination
time timer is started. Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own
discrimination time setting. If a critical signal is activated
during the discrimination time, the AR function makes a final
trip. The CB will then open and the AR sequence is locked.
Closing the CB manually clears the locked state.
After the discrimination time has elapsed, the reclaim time
timer starts. If any AR signal is activated during the reclaim
time or the discrimination time, the AR function moves to the
next shot. The reclaim time setting is common for every shot.
If the reclaim time runs out, the auto-reclose sequence is
successfully executed and the AR function moves to ready -
state and waits for a new AR request in shot 1.

132 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

A trip signal from the protection stage can be used as a backup.

Configure the start signal of the protection stage to initiate the
AR function. If something fails in the AR function, the trip
signal of the protection stage will open the CB. The delay
setting for the protection stage should be longer than the AR
start delay and discrimination time.
If a critical signal is used to interrupt an AR sequence, the
discrimination time setting should be long enough for the
critical stage, usually at least 100 ms.
Manual closing
When CB is closed manually with the local panel, remote bus,
digital inputs etc, AR will function as follows:
Firmware Functioning
version
>= 5.31 Reclaim-state is activated. Within the reclaim
time all AR requests are ignored. It is up to
protection stages to take care of tripping. Trip
signals of protection stages must be connected to
a trip relay in the output matrix.
< 5.31 Reclaim-state is activated. Within the reclaim
time any AR request (14) will cause final
tripping.

Manual opening
Manual CB open command during AR sequence will stop the
sequence and leaves the CB open.

Reclaim time setting

Firmware Settings
version
>= 5.53 Use shot specific reclaim time : No
Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time
between different shots during sequence and also
reclaim time after manual closing. AR works
exactly like in older firmwares.
Use
Use shot specific reclaim time : Yes
Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time only
for manual control. Reclaim time between
different shots is defined by shot specific reclaim
time settings.
< 5.53 Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time
between different shots during sequence and also
reclaim time after manual closing.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 133
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Support for 2 circuit breakers (firmware version >= 5.31)

AR function can be configured to handle 2 controllable objects.
Object 1 is always used as CB1 and any other controllable
object can be used as CB2. The object selection for CB2 is made
with Breaker 2 object setting. Switching between the two
objects is done with a digital input, virtual input or virtual
output. AR controls CB2 when the input defined by Input for
selecting CB2 setting is active. Control is changed to another
object only if the current object is not close.
Blocking of AR shots (firmware version >= 5.57)
Each AR shot can be blocked with a digital input, virtual input
or virtual output. Blocking input is selected with Block setting.
When selected input is active the shot is blocked. A blocked
shot is treated like it doesnt exist and AR sequence will jump
over it. If the last shot in use is blocked, any AR request during
reclaiming of the previous shot will cause final tripping.
Starting AR sequence (firmware version >= 5.1)
Each AR request has own separate starting delay counter. The
one which starting delay has elapsed first will be selected. If
more than one delay elapses at the same time, an AR request of
the highest priority is selected. AR1 has the highest priority
and AR4 has the lowest priority. First shot is selected according
to the AR request. Next AR opens the CB and starts counting
dead time.
Starting AR sequence (firmware version < 5.1)
If more than one AR requests are active, a request of the
highest priority is selected. AR1 has the highest priority and
AR4 has the lowest priority. After the start delay of shot 1 has
elapsed, AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time.
Starting sequence at shot 25 & skipping of AR shots
(firmware version >= 5.1)
Each AR request line can be enabled to any combination of the
5 shots. For example making a sequence of Shot 2 and Shot 4
for AR request 1 is done by enabling AR1 only for those two
shots.
NOTE: If AR sequence is started at shot 2...5 the starting delay is taken from the
discrimination time setting of the previous shot. For example if Shot 3 is
the first shot for AR2, the starting delay for this sequence is defined by
Discrimination time of Shot 2 for AR2.

For older firmware versions (< 5.1) starting at other shot than
shot 1 or skipping shots is not possible. AR request lines must
be enabled to consecutive shots starting from shot 1. If AR
sequence is not yet started, an AR request which is not enabled

134 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

for shot 1 will cause final tripping. During sequence run an AR

request which is not enabled for the next shot will cause final
tripping.
Critical AR request
Critical AR request stops the AR sequence and cause final
tripping. Critical request is ignored when AR sequence is not
running and also when AR is reclaiming.
Critical request acceptance depends on the firmware version:
Firmware Critical signal is accepted during
version
>= 5.31 Dead time and discrimination time
< 5.31 Discrimination time only

Shot active matrix signals (firmware version >= 5.53)

When starting delay has elapsed, active signal of the first shot
is set. If successful reclosing is executed at the end of the shot,
the active signal will be reset after reclaim time. If reclosing
was not successful or new fault appears during reclaim time,
the active of the current shot is reset and active signal of the
next shot is set (if there are any shots left before final trip).
AR running matrix signal
This signal indicates dead time. The signal is set after
controlling CB open. When dead time ends, the signal is reset
and CB is controlled close.

Final trip matrix signals

There are 5 final trip signals in the matrix, one for each AR
request (14 and critical). When final trip is generated, one of
these signals is set according to the AR request which caused
the final tripping. The final trip signal will stay active for 0.5
seconds and then resets automatically.
DI to block AR setting
This setting is useful with an external synchro-check device.
This setting only affects re-closing the CB. Re-closing can be
blocked with a digital input, virtual input or virtual output.
When the blocking input is active, CB wont be closed until the
blocking input becomes inactive again. When blocking becomes
inactive the CB will be controlled close immediately.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 135
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Setting parameters of AR function:

Parameter Value Unit Default Description
ARena ARon; ARoff - ARon Enabling/disabling the
autoreclose
Block None, - - The digital input for block
any digital information. This can be used,
input, for example, for Synchrocheck.
virtual input
or virtual
output
AR_DI None, - - The digital input for toggling
any digital the ARena parameter
input,
virtual input
or virtual
output
AR2grp ARon; ARoff - ARon Enabling/disabling the
autoreclose for group 2
ReclT 0.02 300.00 s 10.00 Reclaim time setting. This is
common for all the shots.
ARreq On; Off - Off AR request event
ShotS On; Off - Off AR shot start event
ARlock On; Off - Off AR locked event
CritAr On; Off - Off AR critical signal event
ARrun On; Off - Off AR running event
FinTrp On; Off - Off AR final trip event
ReqEnd On; Off - Off AR end of request event
ShtEnd On; Off - Off AR end of shot event
CriEnd On; Off - Off AR end of critical signal event
ARUnl On; Off - Off AR release event
ARStop On; Off - Off AR stopped event
FTrEnd On; Off - Off AR final trip ready event
ARon On; Off - Off AR enabled event
ARoff On; Off - Off AR disabled event
CRITri On; Off - On AR critical final trip on event
AR1Tri On; Off - On AR AR1 final trip on event
AR2Tri On; Off - On AR AR2 final trip on event
CRITri On; Off - On AR critical final trip off event
AR1Tri On; Off - On AR AR1 final trip off event
AR2Tri On; Off - On AR AR2 final trip off event
Shot settings
DeadT 0.02 300.00 s 5.00 The dead time setting for this
shot. This is a common setting
for all the AR lines in this shot
AR1 On; Off - Off Indicates if this AR signal
starts this shot
AR2 On; Off - Off Indicates if this AR signal
starts this shot
Start1 0.02 300.00 s 0.02 AR1 Start delay setting for this
shot

136 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Start2 0.02 300.00 s 0.02 AR2 Start delay setting for this
shot
Discr1 0.02 300.00 s 0.02 AR1 Discrimination time
setting for this shot
Discr2 0.02 300.00 s 0.02 AR2 Discrimination time
setting for this shot

Measured and recorded values of AR function:

Parameter Value Unit Description
Measured Obj1 UNDEFINED; - Object 1
or OPEN; state
recorded CLOSE;
values
OPEN_REQUEST;
CLOSE_REQUEST;
READY;
NOT_READY;
INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE;
FAIL
Status INIT; - AR-function
RECLAIM_TIME; state
READY;
WAIT_CB_OPEN;
WAIT_CB_CLOSE;
DISCRIMINATION_TIME;
LOCKED;
FINAL_TRIP;
CB_FAIL;
INHIBIT
Shot# 15 - The
currently
running shot
ReclT RECLAIMTIME; - The
STARTTIME; currently
DEADTIME; running time
(or last
DISCRIMINATIONTIME
executed)
SCntr - Total start
counter
Fail - The counter
for failed AR
shots
Shot1 * - Shot1 start
counter
Shot2 * - Shot2 start
counter
Shot3 * - Shot3 start
counter
Shot4 * - Shot4 start
counter
Shot5 * - Shot5 start
counter
*) There are 5 counters available for each one of the two AR signals.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 137
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Figure 5.7-2 Example sequence of two shots. After shot 2 the fault is
cleared.

1. Current exceeds the I> setting; the start delay from shot 1
starts.
2. After the start delay, an OpenCB relay output closes.
3. A CB opens. The dead time from shot 1 starts, and the
OpenCB relay output opens.
4. The dead time from shot 1 runs out; a CloseCB output relay
closes.
5. The CB closes. The CloseCB output relay opens, and the
discrimination time from shot 1 starts. The current is still
over the I> setting.
6. The discrimination time from the shot 1 runs out; the
OpenCB relay output closes.
7. The CB opens. The dead time from shot 2 starts, and the
OpenCB relay output opens.
8. The dead time from shot 2 runs out; the CloseCB output
relay closes.
9. The CB closes. The CloseCB output relay opens, and the
discrimination time from shot 2 starts. The current is now
under I> setting.
10. Reclaim time starts. After the reclaim time the AR sequence
is successfully executed. The AR function moves to wait for
a new AR request in shot 1.

138 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

5.8. Logic functions

The device supports customer-defined programmable logic for
boolean signals. The logic is designed by using the VAMPSET
setting tool and downloaded to the device. Functions available
are:
AND
OR
XOR
NOT
COUNTERs
RS & D flip-flops

Maximum number of outputs is 20. Maximum number of input

gates is 31. An input gate can include any number of inputs.
For detailed information, please refer to the VAMPSET manual
(VMV.EN0xx).

5.9. Function keys

The function keys can be activated from the CONF menus
DEVICE SETUP submenu, by pushing the DOWN button until
item FuncBtns appears. If the value is On, then the function
keys are enabled.
The function keys can be used in the default display or the
main menu, by pressing and holding down the INFO key (see
Figure 5.9-1).

VI1 VI2 AREna

0/1 0/1 0/1
Functionkeyscreen

Figure 5.9-1 Function key screen.

Still holding down the INFO key and at the same time pressing
one of the keys CANCEL, UP or ENTER will toggle the above
items, i.e. INFO + CANCEL will either enable or disable
Virtual Input 1. The subsequent action will be briefly shown in
the lower row of the display (see Figure 5.9-2).

VI1 VI2 AREna

VI1 On

Functionkeyexecution

Figure 5.9-2 Function key execution.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 139
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

6. Communication

6.1. Communication ports

The relay has two communication ports. See Figure 6.1-1.
There is one physical port in the rear panel. The X4 connector
includes two ports: local port and remote port. The front panel
RS-232 port will shut off the local port on the rear panel when
a VX003 cable is inserted.
CommunicationPorts40

COMMUNICATION PORTS

LOCAL REMOTE
PORT PORT
Front panel in use

RS-232
RS-232

Tx out
GND +8 V Rx in

DTR out
Tx out
DTR out
Rx in
+8 V 95
Tx out 500mA
84

Rx in GND 73
5 4 3 2 1
X1 9 8 7 6 6
2
1
D9S
D9S X4
DSR in
FRONT PANEL
Figure 6.1-1. Communication ports and connectors. The DSR signal from the
front panel port selects the active connector for the RS232 local port.

140 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

6.1.1. Local port (Front panel and X4)

The local port has two connectors:
On the front panel
X4 the rear panel (D9S pins 5, 6 and 7)
Only one can be used at a time.
NOTE! The remote port is locating in the same X4 connector.
NOTE! When the VX003 cable is inserted to the front panel connector it
activates the front panel port and disables the rear panel local port by
connecting the DTR pin 6 and DSR pin 4 together. See Figure 6.1-1.

Protocol for the local port

The front panel port is always using the command line protocol
for VAMPSET regardless of the selected protocol for the rear
panel local port.
If other than "None" protocol is selected for the rear panel local
port, the front panel connector, when activated, is still using
the plain command line interface with the original speed,
parity etc. For example if the rear panel local port is used for
remote VAMPSET communication using SPA-bus default
9600/7E1, it is possible to temporarily connect a PC with
VAMPSET to the front panel connector with the default
38400/8N1. While the front panel connector is in use, the rear
panel local port is disabled. The communication parameter
display on the local display will show the active parameter
values for the local port.
Physical interface
The physical interface of this port is RS-232.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 141
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Protocol Protocol selection for the Set
rear panel local port.
None Command line interface
for VAMPSET
SpaBus SPA-bus (slave)
ProfibusDP Profibus DB (slave)
ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave
ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave
IEC-103 IEC-60870-5-103 (slave)
ExternalIO Modbus RTU master for
external I/O-modules
DNP3 DNP 3.0
Msg# 0 ... 2321 Message counter since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Errors 0 ... 2161 Protocol errors since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Tout 0 ... 2161 Timeout errors since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Display of actual 1)
communication
parameters.
speed/DPS speed = bit/s
D = number of data bits
Default = P = parity: none, even, odd
38400/8N1 for S = number of stop bits
VAMPSET
VAMPSET communication (Direct or SPA-bus embedded command line
interface)
Tx bytes/size Unsent bytes in
transmitter buffer/size of
the buffer
Msg# 0 ... 2 1
32 Message counter since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Errors 0 ... 2161 Errors since the device Clr
has restarted or since last
clearing
Tout 0 ... 2 1
16 Timeout errors since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
Clr = Clearing to zero is possible
1) The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus. For
the local port command line interface the parameters are set in
configuration menu.

142 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

6.1.2. Remote port X4 (pin 2 & 3)

Physical interface
The physical interface of this port is RS-232. See Figure 6.1-1.
Parameters
Parameter Value UnitDescription Note
Protocol Protocol selection for Set
remote port
None -
SPA-bus SPA-bus (slave)
ProfibusDP Profibus DB (slave)
ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave
ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave
IEC-103 IEC-60870-5-103 (slave)
ExternalIO Modbus RTU master for
external I/O-modules
DNP3 DNP 3.0
Msg# 0 ... 2 1
32 Message counter since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Errors 0 ... 2 1
16 Protocol errors since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Tout 0 ... 2161 Timeout errors since the Clr
device has restarted or
since last clearing
Display of current 1)
communication
parameters.
speed/DPS speed = bit/s
D = number of data bits
P = parity: none, even, odd
S = number of stop bits
Debug Echo to local port Set
No No echo
Binary For binary protocols
ASCII For SPA-bus protocol
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
Clr = Clearing to zero is possible
1) The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus. For
the local port command line interface the parameters are set in
configuration menu.

6.1.3. Optional 61850 interface

With this option the relay has two communication connectors in
the rear panel: X5 RJ-45 connector (61850 interface, Ethernet
10/100-Base T) and X4 D-connector (Local port and Extension
port).

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 143
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

6.2. Communication protocols

The protocols enable the transfer of the following type of data:
events
status information
measurements
control commands.
clock synchronizing
Settings (SPA-bus and embedded SPA-bus only)

6.2.1. PC communication
PC communication is using a VAMP specified command line
interface. The VAMPSET program can communicate using the
local RS-232 port or using TCP/IP and ethernet interface. It is
also possible to select SPA-bus protocol for the local port and
configure the VAMPSET to embed the command line interface
inside SPA-bus messages. For TCP/IP configuration see chapter
6.2.8.

6.2.2. Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU

These Modbus protocols are often used in power plants and in
industrial applications. The difference between these two
protocols is the media. Modbus TCP uses Ethernet and Modbus
RTU uses asynchronous communication (RS-485, optic fibre,
RS-232).
VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for
Modbus. A separate document Modbus data.pdf is also
available.
The Modbus communication is activated usually for remote
port via a menu selection with parameter "Protocol". See
chapter 6.1.

For TCP/IP configuration see chapter 6.2.8.

144 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Addr 1 247 Modbus address for the Set
device.
Broadcast address 0 can
be used for clock
synchronizing. Modbus
TCP uses also the TCP
port settings.
bit/s 1200 bps Communication speed for Set
2400 Modbus RTU
4800
9600
19200
Parity None Parity for Modbus RTU Set
Even
Odd
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

6.2.3. Profibus DP
The Profibus DP protocol is widely used in industry. An
external VPA 3CG is required.
Device profile "continuous mode"
In this mode the device is sending a configured set of data
parameters continuously to the Profibus DP master. The
benefit of this mode is the speed and easy access to the data in
the Profibus master. The drawback is the maximum buffer size
of 128 bytes, which limits the number of data items transferred
to the master. Some PLCs have their own limitation for the
Profibus buffer size, which may further limit the number of
transferred data items.

Device profile "Request mode"

Using the request mode it is possible to read all the available
data from the VAMP device and still use only a very short
buffer for Profibus data transfer. The drawback is the slower
overall speed of the data transfer and the need of increased
data processing at the Profibus master as every data item must
be separately requested by the master.
NOTE! In request more it is not possible to read continuously only one single
data item. At least two data items must be read in turn to get updated
data from the device.

There is a separate document ProfiBusDPdeviceProfilesOf-

VAMPdevices.pdf available of the continuous mode and request
mode.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 145
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Available data
VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for both
modes. A separate document VAMP2xx-Profibus_.pdf is also
available.
The Profibus DP communication is activated usually for remote
port via a menu selection with parameter "Protocol". See
chapter 6.1.
Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Mode Profile selection Set
Cont Continuous mode
Reqst Request mode
bit/s 2400 bps Communication speed
from the main CPU to the
Profibus converter. (The
actual Profibus bit rate is
automatically set by the
Profibus master and can
be up to 12 Mbit/s.)
Emode Event numbering style. (Set)
Channel Use this for new
installations.
(Limit60) (The other modes are for
(NoLimit) compatibility with old
systems.)
InBuf bytes Size of Profibus master's 1) 3)
Rx buffer. (data to the
master)
OutBuf bytes Size of Profibus master's 2) 3)
Tx buffer. (data from the
master)
Addr 1 247 This address has to be Set
unique within the
Profibus network system.
Conv Converter type
No converter recognized 4)
VE Converter type "VE" is
recognized
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)
Clr = Clearing to zero is possible
1) In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset
of a data item to be send to the master. In request mode the size is 8 bytes.
2) In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset
of a data to be read from the master. In request mode the size is 8 bytes.
3) When configuring the Profibus master system, the length of these buffers
are needed. The device calculates the lengths according the Profibus data
and profile configuration and the values define the in/out module to be
configured for the Profibus master.
4) If the value is "", Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device
has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem
between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC.

146 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

6.2.4. SPA-bus
The device has full support for the SPA-bus protocol including
reading and writing the setting values. Also reading of multiple
consecutive status data bits, measurement values or setting
values with one message is supported.
Several simultaneous instances of this protocol, using different
physical ports, are possible, but the events can be read by one
single instance only.
There is a separate document VAMP2xx-Spabus.pdf of SPA-bus
data items available.
Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Addr 1 899 SPA-bus address. Must be Set
unique in the system.
bit/s bps Communication speed Set
1200
2400
4800
9600 (default)
19200
Emode Event numbering style. (Set)
Channel Use this for new
installations.
(Limit60) (The other modes are for
(NoLimit) compatibility with old
systems.)
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

6.2.5. IEC 60870-5-103

The IEC standard 60870-5-103 "Companion standard for the
informative interface of protection equipment" provides
standardized communication interface to a primary system
(master system).
The unbalanced transmission mode of the protocol is used, and
the device functions as a secondary station (slave) in the
communication. Data is transferred to the primary system
using "data acquisition by polling"-principle. The IEC
functionality includes the following application functions:
station initialization
general interrogation
clock synchronization and
command transmission.

It is not possible to transfer parameter data or disturbance

recordings via the IEC 103 protocol interface.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 147
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

The following ASDU (Application Service Data Unit) types will

be used in communication from the device:
ASDU 1: time tagged message
ASDU 3: Measurands I
ASDU 5: Identification message
ASDU 6: Time synchronization and
ASDU 8: Termination of general interrogation.

The device will accept:

ASDU 6: Time synchronization
ASDU 7: Initiation of general interrogation and
ASDU 20: General command.

The data in a message frame is identified by:

type identification
function type and
information number.

These are fixed for data items in the compatible range of the
protocol, for example, the trip of I> function is identified by:
type identification = 1, function type = 160 and information
number = 90. "Private range" function types are used for such
data items, which are not defined by the standard (e.g. the
status of the digital inputs and the control of the objects).
The function type and information number used in private
range messages is configurable. This enables flexible
interfacing to different master systems.

Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
Addr 1 254 An unique address within Set
the system
bit/s bps Communication speed Set
9600
19200
MeasInt 200 10000 ms Minimum measurement Set
response interval
SyncRe ASDU6 response time Set
Sync mode
Sync+Proc
Msg
Msg+Proc
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

148 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters for disturbance record reading

Parameter Value Unit Description Note
ASDU23 On Enable record info Set
Off message
Smpls/msg 125 Record samples in one Set
message
Timeout 1010000 s Record reading timeout Set
Fault Fault identifier number
for IEC-103. Starts + trips
of all stages.
TagPos Position of read pointer
Chn Active channel
ChnPos Channel read position
Fault numbering
Faults Total number of faults
GridFlts Fault burst identifier
number
Grid Time window to classify Set
faults together to the
same burst.
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

6.2.6. DNP 3.0

The relay supports communication using DNP 3.0 protocol.
The following DNP 3.0 data types are supported:
binary input
binary input change
double-bit input
binary output
analog input
counters

Additional information can be obtained from the DNP 3.0

Device Profile Document for VAMP 2xx.
DNP 3.0 communication is activated via menu selection. RS-
485 interface is often used but also RS-232 and fibre optic
interfaces are possible.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 149
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Set
bit/s bps Communication speed Set
4800
9600 (default)
19200
38400
Parity Parity Set
None (default)
Even
Odd
SlvAddr 1 65519 An unique address for Set
the device within the
system
MstrAddr 1 65519 Address of master Set
255=default
LLTout 0 65535 ms Link layer confirmation Set
timeout
LLRetry 1 255 Link layer retry count Set
1=default
APLTout 0 65535 ms Application layer Set
5000=default confirmation timeout
CnfMode Application layer Set
EvOnly (default) confirmation mode
All
DBISup Double-bit input support Set
No (default)
Yes
SyncMode 0 65535 s
Clock synchronization Set
request interval.
0 = only at boot
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

6.2.7. IEC 60870-5-101

The IEC 60870-5-101 standard is derived from the IEC 60870-5
protocol standard definition. In Vamp devices, IEC 60870-5-101
communication protocol is available via menu selection. The
Vamp unit works as a controlled outstation (slave) unit in
unbalanced mode.
Supported application functions include process data
transmission, event transmission, command transmission,
general interrogation, clock synchronization, transmission of
integrated totals, and acquisition of transmission delay.
For more information on IEC 60870-5-101 in Vamp devices
refer to the Profile checklist document.

150 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Parameters
Parameter Value Unit Description Note
bit/s 1200 bps Bitrate used for serial Set
2400 communication.
4800
9600
Parity None Parity used for serial Set
Even communication
Odd
LLAddr 1 - 65534 Link layer address Set
LLAddrSize 12 bytes Size of Link layer address Set
ALAddr 1 65534 ASDU address Set
ALAddrSize 12 Bytes Size of ASDU address Set

IOAddrSize 2-3 Bytes Information object Set

address size. (3-octet
addresses are created
from 2-octet addresses by
adding MSB with value
0.)
COTsize 1 Bytes Cause of transmission size
TTFormat Short The parameter Set
Full determines time tag
format: 3-octet time tag
or 7-octet time tag.
MeasFormat Scaled The parameter Set
Normalized determines measurement
data format: normalized
value or scaled value.
DbandEna No Dead-band calculation Set
Yes enable flag
DbandCy 100 - 10000 msDead-band calculation Set
interval
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 151
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

6.2.8. TCP/IP
Modbus TCP uses TCP/IP protocol. Also VAMPSET and SPA-
bus and DNP 3.0 communication can be directed via TCP/IP.
VSE 005-1 external adaptor is designed for TCP/IP protocol.
(See chapter 11 for more information.)
Parameters
Parameter Value Unit
Description Set
IpAddr n.n.n.n Internet protocol address Set
(set with VAMPSET)
NetMsk n.n.n.n Net mask (set with Set
VAMPSET)
Gatew default = Gateway IP address (set Set
0.0.0.0 with VAMPSET)
NameSv default = Name server (set with Set
0.0.0.0 VAMPSET)
NTPSvr n.n.n.n Network time protocol Set
server (set with
VAMPSET)
0.0.0.0 = no SNTP
Port 502 = default Port 502 is reserved for Set
Modbus TCP
Set = An editable parameter (password needed)

6.2.9. External I/O (Modbus RTU master)

External Modbus I/O devices can be connected to the relay
using this protocol. (See chapter 8.7.1 External input / output
modulefor more information).

6.2.10. IEC 61850

IEC 61850 protocol is available with the optional 61850
interface. The protocol can be configured to transfer the same
information which is available with the IEC 103 protocol.
Configuration is described in document IEC 61850
communication VAMP relays/VSE 006, Configuration
instructions. When IEC 61850 is used the Remote port
protocol of the relay is set to IEC-103.

152 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

7. Applications
The following chapters illustrate the versatile functions of the
feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40 in different
applications

7.1. Substation feeder protection

VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

3
Alarm Alarm

Trip Trip

VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

3 Alarm

Trip
Alarm

Trip

vamp40app1

Figure 7.1-1 VAMP device used in substation feeder protection

The device includes three-phase overcurrent protection,

directional earth fault protection and fast arc protection. At the
incoming feeder, the instantaneous stage I>>> of the VAMP
feeder device is blocked with the start signal of the overcurrent
stage. This prevents the trip signal if the fault occurs on the
outgoing feeder.
For the directional function of earth fault function, the status
information (on/off) of the Petersen coil is routed to one of the
digital inputs of the feeder device so that either I0sin or I0cos
function is obtained.
The function I0sin is used in isolated networks, and the
function I0cos is used in resistance or resonant earthed
networks.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 153
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

7.2. Industrial feeder protection

VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

3
Alarm Alarm

Trip Trip

VAMP 40
Feeder / Motor Protection Relay

Power Power

Error Error

3 Alarm

Trip
Alarm

Trip

vamp40app2

Figure 7.2-1 VAMP device used in cable protection of an industry plant

network

Directional earth fault protection and three-phase overcurrent

protection is required in a cable feeder. Furthermore, the
thermal stage can be used to protect the cable against
overloading. This example also includes fast arc protection.

7.3. Trip circuit supervision

Trip circuit supervision is used to ensure that the wiring from a
protective relay to a circuit-breaker is in order. This circuit is
unused most of the time, but when a feeder relay detects a fault
in the network, it is too late to notice that the circuit-breaker
cannot be tripped because of a broken trip circuitry.
The digital inputs of the relay can be used for trip circuit
monitoring.

154 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

7.3.1. Trip circuit supervision with one digital input

The digital input is connected parallel with the trip contacts
(Figure 7.3.1-1).
The digital input is configured as Normal Closed (NC).
The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum
fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm
when the trip contact is closed.
The trip relay should be configured as non-latched.
Otherwise, a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow
after the trip contact operates, and the relay remains closed
because of latching.
+VAUX

VAMP 40 trip circuit

failure alarm

Digital input

Trip relay

Alarm relay
for trip
circuit failure

relay compartment

circuit breaker compartment

close control

R1

-VAUX
OPEN COIL
CB

-VAUX
CLOSE COIL

TripCircuitSupervisionFor40

Figure 7.3.1-1. Trip circuit supervision when the circuit-breaker is closed.

The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double-lined. The digital
input is in active state. For the application to work when the circuit-breaker
is opened, a resistor R1 must be placed. The value for it can be calculated
from the external wetting supply, so that the current over R1 is >1 mA.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 155
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

7.3.2. Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs

The first digital input is connected parallel with the trip
contacts (Figure 7.3.2-1)
The second digital input is connected parallel with the
auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker.
Both inputs are configured as normal closed (NC).
The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum
fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm
when the trip contact is closed.
The trip relay should be configured as non-latched.
Otherwise, a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow
after the trip contact operates, and the relay remains closed
because of latching.
Both digital inputs must have their own common potential.
+VAUX

VAMP 40 trip circuit

failure alarm

Digital inputs

Trip relay

Alarm relay
for trip
circuit failure

&

relay compartment

circuit breaker compartment

close control

-VAUX
OPEN COIL
CB

-VAUX
CLOSE COIL

TripCircuitSupervisionFor40with2DI

Figure 7.3.2-1. Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs.

156 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

8. Connections

8.1. Rear panel view

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 X2 5 4 3 2 1 X9
PE

DI1+
DI2+

DI1-
DI2-
A1 IF
Power ~ T1 T2 T3 T4
Supply =
DI

5A 5A 5A 1A 0.2A Uo/
RS-232 ARC OPTION UL1/
VYX231E

IL1 IL2 IL3 Io1 Io2

5A 1A U12
X4 X20 X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Figure 8.1-1. Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 40.

Terminal
Terminal X2
No Symbol Description
1 1 IF COM Internal fault relay, common connector
2 2 IF NO Internal fault relay, normal open connector
3 3 IF NC Internal fault relay, normal closed connector
4 4 A1 COM Alarm relay 1, common connector
5 5 A1 NO Alarm relay 1, normal open connector
6 6 A1 NC Alarm relay 1, normal closed connector
7 7 T4 Trip relay 4
8 8 T4 Trip relay 4
9 9 T3 Trip relay 3
10 10 T3 Trip relay 3
11 11 T2 Trip relay 2
12 12 T2 Trip relay 2
13 13 T1 Trip relay 1
14 14 T1 Trip relay 1
15 15 Uaux Auxiliary voltage
16 16 Uaux Auxiliary voltage

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 157
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Terminal X6
No Symbol Description
1 IL1(S1) Phase current L1 (S1)
1
2 IL1(S1) Phase current L1 (S1)
2
3 IL2(S1) Phase current L2 (S1)
3
4 IL2(S1) Phase current L2 (S1)
4
5 IL3(S1) Phase current L3 (S1)
5
6 IL3(S1) Phase current L3 (S1)
6 7 Io1 Residual current Io1 common for 1 A and 5 A (S1)
7 8 Io1/5A Residual current Io1 5A (S2)
8 9 Io1/1A Residual current Io1 1A (S2)
9 10 Io2 Residual current Io2 common for 0.2 A and 1 A
10 11 Io2/1A Residual current Io2 1 A (S2)
11 12 Io2/0.2A Residual current Io2 0.2 A (S2)
12 13 Uo/U12/UL1 Phase to neutral voltage L1 (a) or phase to phase voltage U12
13 or zero sequence voltage Uo(da)
14
14 Uo/U12/UL1 Phase to neutral voltage L1 (a) or phase to phase voltage U12
or zero sequence voltage Uo(dn)

Terminal X9
No Symbol Description
1
1 DI1 - Digital input 1 -
2
2 DI1 + Digital input 1 +
3
4
3
5
4 DI2 - Digital input 2 -
5 DI2 + Digital input 2 +

8.2. Digital inputs

Further, the relay can collect status information and alarm
signals via 2 digital inputs. The digital inputs can also be used
to block protection stages under certain conditions.
Potential-free contacts must be available in the protected object
for transferring status information to the relay.
Wetting voltage for the digital inputs :
ON 18 V dc ( 50 V ac)
OFF 10 V dc ( 5 V ac)
The digital input signals can also be used as blocking signals
and control signals for the output relays.
Summary of digital inputs:
DI Polarity Terminal Operating voltage
DC or AC X9:1
1
DC + or AC X9:2 External 18265 VDC
DC or AC X9:4 50250 VAC
2
DC + or AC X9:5

158 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

8.3. Auxiliary voltage

The external auxiliary voltage Uaux (19265 V ac or dc) for the
terminal is connected to the terminals X2: 15-16.

8.4. Output relays

The terminal is equipped with 5 configurable output relays,
and a separate output relay for the self-supervision system.
Trip relays T1 T4 (terminals X2: 7-14)
Alarm relay A1 (terminals X2: 4-6)
Self-supervision system output relay IF (terminals X2: 1-3)

8.5. Serial communication connection

RS 232 serial communication connection for computers,
connector LOCAL (RS 232).
Remote control connection with the following options:
RS-232 (9-pin)
RS-485, external adapter
Plastic fibre, external adapter
Glass fibre, external adapter
Profibus RS-485 (9-pin), external adapter

8.5.1. Pin assignments of communication ports

The pin assignments of different remote port options are
presented in the following tables.
X4
6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5

Figure 8-1. Pin numbering of the rear communication port, X4

Pin/ RS-
RS-232
Terminal
1
2 Remote TX/RS-232 out
3 Remote RX/RS-232 in
4
5 Local TX/RS-232 out
6 Local RX/RS-232 in
7 GND
8
9 +8V

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 159
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

5 4 3 2 1

9 8 7 6

Figure 8-2. Pin numbering of the front communication port

Pin Signal
1
2 RX /RS-232 in
3 TX /RS-232 out
4 DTR / +8Vout
5 GND
6 DSR / in
7
8
9

8.6. Arc protection (option)

The arc option module (VP 40) is connected to the back of the
VAMP 40 protection relay. The RJ 45 connector is plugged to
the X20 connector and the module is fasted to the back of
VAMP 40 with one screw.
The optional arc protection module VP 40 includes two arc
sensor channels. The arc sensors are connected to the VP 40
terminals 12-11 and 8-7.
The arc information can be transmitted and/or received
through digital input and output channels BIO. The output
signal is 48 V dc when active. The input signal has to be 18
48 V dc to be activated.
Connections:
1 Binary output +
2 Binary output -
5 Binary input +
6 Binary input
7-8 Arc sensor 2 (VA 1 DA)
11-12 Arc sensor 1 (VA 1 DA)

160 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Figure 8.6-1 VP 40 is attached at the back side of the VAMP 40.

The GND must be connected together between the GND of the

connected devices.
The binary output of the arc option card may be activated by
one or both of the connected arc sensors, or by the binary input.
The connection between the inputs and the output is selectable
via the output matrix of the device. The binary output can be
connected to an arc binary input of another VAMP protection
relay or arc protection system.

8.7. External option modules

8.7.1. External input / output module
The feeder and motor relay supports now also external input /
output modules used to extend the number of digital inputs and
outputs. Other modules have analogue inputs and outputs.
The following types of devices are supported:
Analog input modules (RTD)
Analog output modules (mA-output)
Binary input/output modules
EXTENSION port is primarily designed for IO modules. This
port is found in the LOCAL connector of the relay backplane
and IO devices should be connected to the port with VSE003
adapter.
NOTE! If ExternalIO protocol is not selected to any communication port,
VAMPSET doesnt display the menus required for configuring the IO
devices. After changing EXTENSION port protocol to ExternalIO, restart
the relay and read all settings with VAMPSET.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 161
 Description Range Description Range

162
Enabling for measurement On / Off Enabling for measurement On / Off
VAMP 40

Modbus address of the IO Active value

1247
device

Unit selection C, F, K, or V/A

Alarms for external

Modbus register for the
19999
measurement
Modbus address of the IO device 1247

Active value

Modbus register for the

external analog inputs

19999
measurement
Active state - / Alarm

Alarm >
Modbus register type InputR or HoldingR
-21x107
Limit setting
21x107
Technical description

-3200032000
Y2
X2
Y1
X1

Alarm1 and Ext. AIx Alarm2.

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

offset
External analog inputs configuration (VAMPSET only)
Feeder and motor protection relay

Active state - / Alarm

X: -3200032000
Scaling:

Alarm >>
Scaled value
Scaled value

Y: -10001000
scaling
Modbus value
Modbus value

-21x107
Limit setting
21x107
Point 2 Point 1
Subtracted from Modbus
value, before running XY

Analog input alarms have also matrix signals, Ext. AIx

Hysteresis for alarm limits 010000 Communication read errors

VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd
 VAMP Ltd

VM40.EN006
Description Range Desc
Description
ription Range

Enabling for input On / Off

Enabling for output On / Off

Active state 0/1

Output state 0/1

Modbus address of the IO
1247
device

Modbus address of the IO

1247
device Modbus register for the
19999
measurement
Technical description
Feeder and motor protection relay

CoilS, InputS,
Modbus register type InputR or

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

Modbus register for the
19999 HoldingR
measurement

Bit number of Modbus

116
register value
External digital inputs configuration (VAMPSET only)

External digital outputs configuration (VAMPSET only)

Communication errors
Communication read errors

163
VAMP 40
 Description Range

164
Enabling for measurement On / Off
VAMP 40

Active value

-21x107
Minimum & maximum output values
+21x107

Link selection

Minimum limit for lined value,

corresponding to Modbus Min
042x108,
-21+21x108
Maximum limit for lined value,
corresponding to Modbus Max

Modbus address of the IO device 1247

Technical description

Modbus register for the output 19999

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

Feeder and motor protection relay

External analog outputs configuration (VAMPSET only)

Modbus register type InputR or HoldingR

Modbus value corresponding Linked Val.

Min
-32768+32767
(065535)
Modbus value corresponding Linked Val.
Max

Communication errors

VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

8.8. Block diagrams

VAMP 40
X2:15 ~ X1
Front
X2:16 Protection functions
X4
50 / 51 67N 50N/51N Remote
3I> I0>
I0 >
3I>> I0>>
3I>>>
I0>>
59N
X6:1
59 27
IL1 U0>
X6:2 U>
U>>
U<
U<<
U0>>
T1 X2:14
X6:3 U>>> U<<< 50BF
IL2 X2:13
X6:4
CBFP
T2 X2:12
50ARC 50NARC 59C
X6:5 ArcI> ArcI01> UC> X2:11
IL3
X6:6 67NT
ArcI02>
T3 X2:10
32
I0T> 48
X6:7 P< X2:9
I01 Ist> P<<
X6:8 5A
1A
T4 X2:8
X6:9 49 47 37
X6:10 T> I2>> 3I< X2:7
I02
X6:11 1A

X6:12 0.2A 46 51F2/68 66

A1 X2:4
X6:13 U /U / I2> If2 > N>
0 L1 X2:6
X6:14 U12 46R 79
X2:5
I2/I1>
Auto Reclose

IF X2:1
Autorecloser Blocking and X2:3
matrix output matrix X2:2

X9:1 DI1 -
DI
X9:2 DI1+

X9:4 DI2 -

X9:5 DI2 +

VAMP40Blockdiagram

Figure 8.8-1. Block diagram of the feeder and motor protection relay VAMP
40.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 165
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

8.9. Block diagrams of optional arc

modules
Options
X2:5 BI+ BI/O
X2:6 BI -
X2:1 BO+
X2:2 BO -
X2:11 L1+
L>
X2:12 L1 -
X2:7 L2+
X2:8 L2 -
ARC_option_block_diagram

Figure 8.9-1 Block diagram of optional arc protection module.

166 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
 L1

L2
VAMP Ltd

8.10.

VM40.EN006
L3

+ 1 -

X2:15 ~
VAMP 40 - 0
Front
X1
Protection functions
X2:16
50 / 51 67N 50N/51N X4
Remote
3I> I0>
I0 >
3I>> I0>>
3I>>>
I0>>
59N
X6:1
59 27 U0>
X2:14
X6:2 IL1 U> U< U0>> T1
U>> U<<
X6:3 U>>> U<<< 50BF X2:13 +
CBFP T2
X6:4 IL2 X2:12
50ARC 50NARC 59C
X6:5 X2:11 +
ArcI> ArcI01> UC>
ArcI02> T3 X2:10
X6:6 IL3
67NT
32 X2:9
I0T> 48
X6:7 P<
Ist> P<< T4 X2:8
X6:8 I01
5A
1A X2:7
X6:9 49 47 37
X6:10 T> I2>> 3I<
I02
1A A1
X6:11 0.2A 46 51F2/68 66
X2:4
X6:12 X2:6
I2 > If2 > N>
X2:5
U0 X6:13 U0/ UL1 /
U12
46R 79
X6:14
Technical description

I2/I1>
Auto Reclose

VAMP 255 IF X2:1

X2:3
X2:2
Feeder and motor protection relay

Autorecloser Blocking and

matrix output matrix
Connection examples

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

X9:1 DI1 -
DI
X9:2 DI1 +

X9:3 DI2 -

X9:4 DI2 +

VAMP 40, using U0.The voltage meas. Mode is set to U0.

Figure 8.10-1 Connection example of feeder and motor protection relay
VAMP40__application 1

167
VAMP 40
168
L1
VAMP 40

L2

L3

+ 1 -

X2:15 ~
VAMP 40 - 0
Front
X1
Protection functions
X2:16
X4
50 / 51 67N 50N/51N Remote
3I> I0>
I0 >
3I>> I0>>
3I>>>
I0>>
X6:1 59N
59 27 U0> X2:14
X6:2 IL1 T1
U> U< U0>>
U>> U<< X2:13
X6:3 U>>> U<<< 50BF +
X6:4 IL2 CBFP
T2 X2:12
50ARC 50NARC
X2:11
X6:5 59C +
ArcI> ArcI01> UC> T3 X2:10
X6:6 IL3 ArcI02>
67NT
32 X2:9
X6:7 I0T> 48
P<
P<<
T4 X2:8
I01 Ist>
X6:8 5A
1A X2:7
X6:9 49 47 37
X6:10 T> I2>> 3I<
I02
X6:11 1A A1
0.2A
X2:4
46 51F2/68 66
Technical description

X6:12 X2:6
I2 > If2 > N> X2:5
X6:13 U0 /UL1 /
U12 U12
46R 79

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

X6:14
I2/I1>
Auto Reclose
Feeder and motor protection relay

VAMP 255 IF X2:1

X2:3
X2:2
Autorecloser Blocking and
matrix output matrix

X9:1 DI1 -

X9:2 DI1 +
DI
X9:4 DI2 -

VAMP 40, using U12. The voltage meas. mode is set to 1LL.
X9:5 DI2 +

Figure 8.10-2. Connection example of feeder and motor protection relay

VAMP40__application3

VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd
 L1

L2
VAMP Ltd

VM40.EN006
L3

+ 1 -

X2:15 ~
VAMP 40 - 0
Front
X1
Protection functions
X2:16
X4
50 / 51 67N 50N/51N Remote

3I> I0>
I0>
3I>> I0>>
3I>>>
I0>>
X6:1 59N
IL1 59 27 U0>
X2:14
X6:2 T1
U> U< U0>>
X2:13
X6:3 U>> U<< +
U>>> U<<< 50BF
X6:4 IL2 T2 X2:12
CBFP
X2:11
X6:5 50ARC 50NARC 59C +
ArcI> ArcI01> T3 X2:10
IL3 UC>
X6:6 ArcI02>
67NT X2:9
32
X6:7 I0T> 48
P< T4 X2:8
I01 Ist> P<<
X6:8 5A
1A X2:7
X6:9
49 47 37
X6:10
I02 T> I2>> 3I<
X6:11 1A A1
0.2A
X2:4
X6:12 46 51F2/68 66 X2:6
U0 /UL1 / I2> If2 > N> X2:5
Technical description

UL1 X6:13
U12
X6:14 46R 79
I2/I1>
Auto Reclose
VAMP 255
Feeder and motor protection relay

IF X2:1
X2:3
X2:2
Autorecloser Blocking and

VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264

matrix output matrix

X9:1 DI1 -
DI
X9:2 DI1 +

X9:4 DI2 -

X9:5 DI2 +

VAMP 40, using UL1. The voltage meas. mode is set to 1LN.
Figure 8.10-3 Connection example of feeder and motor protection relay
VAMP40__application2

169
VAMP 40
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9. Technical data

9.1. Connections
9.1.1. Measuring circuitry
Rated current In 5 A (configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A)
- Current measuring range 0250 A
- Thermal withstand 20 A (continuously)
100 A (for 10 s)
500 A (for 1 s)
- Burden < 0.2 VA
Rated current I0n 5A/1A
- Current measuring range 050 A / 10 A
- Thermal withstand 4 x I0n (continuously)
20 x I0n (for 10 s)
100 x I0n (for 1 s)
- Burden < 0.2 VA
Rated current I02n 1 A / 0.2 A
- Current measuring range 010 A / 2 A
4 x I02n (continuously)
20 x I02n (for 10 s)
100 x I02n (for 1 s)
- Burden < 0.2 VA
Rated voltage Un 100 V (configurable for VT secondaries 50 120 V)
- Voltage measuring range 0 - 160 V
- Continuous voltage withstand 250 V
- Burden < 0.5 VA
Rated frequency fn 45 - 65 Hz
- Frequency measuring range 16 - 75 Hz
Terminal block: Maximum wire dimension:
- Solid or stranded wire 4 mm2 (10-12 AWG)

9.1.2. Auxiliary voltage

Rated voltage Uaux 19 265 V ac/dc
For rated voltages 24 240 V ac /dc
Power consumption < 7 W (normal conditions)
< 15 W (output relays activated)
Max. permitted interruption time < 50 ms (110 V dc)
Terminal block: Maximum wire dimension:
- Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2.5 mm2 (13-14 AWG)

9.1.3. Digital inputs

Internal operating voltage
Number of inputs 2
External operating voltage 18 V 265 V dc
Current drain approx. 2 mA
Terminal block: Maximum wire dimension:
- Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2.5 mm2 (13-14 AWG)

170 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

9.1.4. Trip contacts

Number of contacts 4 making contacts (relays T1, T2, T3, T4)
Rated voltage 250 V ac/dc
Continuous carry 5A
Make and carry, 0.5 s 30 A
Make and carry, 3s 15 A
Breaking capacity, DC (L/R=40ms)
at 48 V dc: 5A
at 110 V dc: 3A
at 220 V dc 1A
Contact material AgNi 90/10
Terminal block: Maximum wire dimension:
- Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2.5 mm2 (13-14 AWG)

9.1.5. Alarm contacts

Number of contacts: 2 change-over contacts (relays A1 and IF)
Rated voltage 250 V ac/dc
Continuous carry 5A
Breaking capacity, DC (L/R=40ms)
at 48 V dc: 1,3 A
at 110 V dc: 0,4 A
at 220 V dc 0,2 A
Contact material AgNi 0.15 gold plated
Terminal block Maximum wire dimension
- Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2.5 mm2 (13-14 AWG)

9.1.6. Local serial communication port

Number of ports 1 on front and 1 on rear panel
Electrical connection RS 232
Data transfer rate 2 400 - 38 400 kb/s

9.1.7. Remote control connection

Number of ports 1 on rear panel
Electrical connection RS 232
Data transfer rate 1 200 - 19 200 kb/s
Protocols ModBus, RTU master
ModBus RTU slave
SpaBus, slave
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-101
ProfiBus DP (option)
ModBus TCP (option, external module)
IEC 61850
DNP 3.0

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 171
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9.1.8. Arc protection interface (option)

Number of arc sensor inputs 2
Sensor type to be connected VA 1 DA
Operating voltage level 12 V dc
Current drain, when active > 11.9 mA
Current drain range 1.331 mA (Note!
Note! If the drain is outside the
range, either sensor or the wiring is defected)
Number of binary inputs 1 (optically isolated)
Operating voltage level +48 V dc
Number of binary outputs 1 (transistor controlled)
Operating voltage level +48 V dc

NOTE! Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary
output without an external amplifier.

9.2. Tests and environmental conditions

9.2.1. Disturbance tests
Emission EN 61000-6-4 / IEC 60255-26
- Conducted EN 55011 / IEC 60255-25
0.15 - 30 MHz
- Emitted EN 55011 / IEC 60255-25
30 - 1 000 MHz
Immunity EN 61000-6-2 / IEC 60255-26
- Static discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2 class IV / IEC 60255-22-2
8 kV contact discharge
15 kV air discharge
- Fast transients (EFT) EN 61000-4-4 class IV / IEC 60255-22-4, class A
4 kV, 5/50 ns, 2.5/5 kHz, +/-
- Surge EN 61000-4-5 class IV / IEC 60255-22-5
4 kV, 1.2/50 s, line-to-earth
2 kV, 1.2/50 s, line-to-line
- Conducted HF field EN 61000-4-6 class III / IEC 60255-22-6
0.15 - 80 MHz, 10 V
- Emitted HF field EN 61000-4-3 class III / IEC 60255-22-3
80 - 1000 MHz, 10 V/m

9.2.2. Test voltages

Insulation test voltage (IEC 60255-5) 2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Surge voltage (IEC 60255-5) 5 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 J

9.2.3. Mechanical tests

Vibration IEC 60255-21-1, class I
Shock IEC 60255-21-2, class I

9.2.4. Environmental conditions

Operating temperature -10 to +65 C
Transport and storage temperature -40 to +70 C
Relative humidity < 75% (1 year, average value)
< 90% (30 days per year, no condensation
permitted)

172 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

9.2.5. Casing
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP20 ( IP54 with sealing )
Dimensions (W x H x D) 280 x 195 x 55 mm
Material 1 mm steel plate
Weight 2.0 kg
Colour code RAL 7032 (Casing) / RAL 7035 (Back plate)

9.2.6. Package
Dimensions (W x H x D) 315 x 260 x 105 mm
Weight (Terminal, Package and Manual) 3.0 kg

9.3. Protection stages

NOTE! Please see chapater 2.4.2 for explanation of IMODE.

9.3.1. Overcurrent protection

Overcurrent stage I> (50/51)
Pick-up current 0.10 5.00 x IMODE
Definite time function: DT
- Operating time 0.08**) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
IDMT function:
- Delay curve family (DT), IEC, IEEE, RI Prg
- Curve type EI, VI, NI, LTI, MIdepends on the family *)
- Time multiplier k 0.05 20.0, except
0.50 20.0 for RXIDG, IEEE and IEEE2
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Retardation time <50 ms
Reset ratio 0.97
Transient over-reach, any <10 %
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 3% of the set value
- Operating time at definite time function 1% or 30 ms
- Operating time at IDMT function 5% or at least 30 ms **)
- Operating time at IDMT function 5% or at least 30 ms (I< 50 x IMODE)
*) EI = Extremely Inverse, NI = Normal Inverse, VI = Very Inverse, LTI = Long Time Inverse
MI= Moderately Inverse
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 173
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Overcurrent stages I>> and I>>> (50/51)

Pick-up current 0.10 20.00 x IMODE (I>>)
0.10 40.00 x IMODE (I>>>)
Definite time function:
- Operating time 0.04**) 300.00 s (step 0.01 s)
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Retardation time <50 ms
Reset ratio 0.97
Transient over-reach, any <10 %
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 3% of the set value
- Operation time 1% or 25 ms
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

Stall protection stage (48)

Setting range:
- Motor start detection current 1.30 10.00 xIMOT (step 0.01)
- Nominal motor start current 1.50 10.00 xIMOT (step 0.01)
Definite time characteristic:
- operating time 1.0 300.0 s (step 0.1)
Inverse time characteristic:
- 1 characteristic curve Inv
- Time multiplier tDT> 1.0 200.0 s (step 0.1)
- Minimum motor stop time to activate 500 ms
stall protection
- Maximum current raise time from 200 ms
motor stop to start
Starting time Typically 60 ms
Resetting time <95 ms
Resetting ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 3% of the set value
- Operating time at definite time 1% or at 30 ms
function
- Operating time at IDMT function 5% or at least 30 ms *)
*) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

Thermal overload stage T> (49)

Setting range: 0.1 2.40 x IMOT or IN (step 0.01)
Alarm setting range: 60 99 % (step 1%)
Time constant Tau: 2 180 min (step 1)
Cooling time coefficient: 1.0 10.0 xTau (step 0.1)
Max. overload at +40 C 70 120 %IMOT (step 1)
Max. overload at +70 C 50 100 %IMOT (step 1)
Ambient temperature -55 125 C (step 1)
Resetting ratio (Start & trip) 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- operating time 5% or 1 s

174 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Unbalance stage I2> (46)

Setting range: 2 70% (step 1%)
Definite time characteristic:
- operating time 1.0 600.0s s (step 0.1)
Inverse time characteristic:
- 1 characteristic curve Inv
- time multiplier K1 1 50 s (step 1)
- upper limit for inverse time 1 000 s
Start time Typically 200 ms
Reset time <450 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 1%-unit
- Operate time 5% or 200 ms

Incorrect phase sequence I2>> (47)

Setting: 80 % (fixed)
Operating time <120 ms
Reset time <105 ms
Stage is blocked when motor has been running for 2 seconds.
Undercurrent protection stage I< (37)
Current setting range: 20 70 % IMODE (step 1%)
Definite time characteristic:
- operating time 0.3 300.0s s (step 0.1)
Block limit: 15 % (fixed)
Starting time Typically 200 ms
Resetting time <450 ms
Resetting ratio 1.05
Accuracy:
- starting 2% of set value
- operating time 1% or 150 ms

Unbalance / broken line protection I2/I1> (46R)

Settings:
- Setting range I2/ I1> 2 70 %
Definite time function:
- Operating time 1.0 600.0 s (step 0.1 s)
Start time Typically 200 ms
Reset time <450 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 1%-unit
- Operate time 5%

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 175
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

Earth fault stage I0> (50N/51N)

Input signal I0 ( input X6- 7 & 8 or X6- 7 & 9)
I02 (input X6- 10 & 11 or X6- 10 & 12)
I0CALC ( = IL1+IL2+IL3)
Setting range I0> 0.005 8.00 When I0 or I02
0.05 20.0 When I0CALC
Definite time function: DT
- Operating time 0.08**) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
IDMT function:
- Delay curve family (DT), IEC, IEEE, RI Prg
- Curve type EI, VI, NI, LTI, MIdepends on the family *)
- Time multiplier k 0.05 20.0, except
0.50 20.0 for RXIDG, IEEE and IEEE2
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 2% of the set value or 0.3% of the rated
value
- Starting (Peak mode) 5% of the set value or 2% of the rated value
(Sine wave <65 Hz)
- Operating time at definite time function 1% or 30 ms
- Operating time at IDMT function. 5% or at least 30 ms **)
*) EI = Extremely Inverse, NI = Normal Inverse, VI = Very Inverse, LTI = Long Time Inverse
MI= Moderately Inverse
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

Earth fault stages I0>>, I0>>>, I0>>>> (50N/51N)

Input signal I0 ( input X6- 7 & 8 or X6- 7 & 9)
I02 (input X6- 10 & 11 or X6- 10 & 12)
I0CALC ( = IL1+IL2+IL3)
Setting range I0>> 0.01 8.00 When I0 or I02
0.05 20.0 When I0CALC
Definite time function:
- Operating time 0.08**) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 2% of the set value or 0.3% of the rated
value
- Starting (Peak mode) 5% of the set value or 2% of the rated value
(Sine wave <65 Hz)
- Operate time 1% or 30 ms
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

176 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Directional intermittent transient earth fault stage I0T> (67NT)

Input selection for I0 peak signal I01 Connectors X1-7&8
I02 Connectors X1-9&10
I0 peak pick up level (fixed) 0.1 x I0N @ 50 Hz
U0 pickup level 10 100 % U0N
Definite operating time 0.12 300.00 s (step 0.02)
Intermittent time 0.00 300.00 s (step 0.02)
Start time <60 ms
Reset time <60 ms
Reset ratio (hysteresis) for U0 0.97
Inaccuracy:
- starting 3% for U0. No inaccuracy defined for I0
transients
- time 1% or 30 ms *)
*) The actual operation time depends of the intermittent behaviour of the fault and the
intermittent time setting.

Directional earth fault stages I0>, I0>> (67N)

Pick-up current 0.01 - 8.00 x I0N
0.05 20.0 When I0CALC
Start voltage 1 20 %U0N
Input signal I0 ( input X6- 7 & 8 or X6- 7 & 9)
I02 (input X6- 10 & 11 or X6- 10 & 12)
I0CALC ( = IL1+IL2+IL3)
Mode Non-directional/Sector/ResCap
Base angle setting range -180 to + 179
Operation angle 88 (10- 170)
Definite time function:
- Operating time 0.10**) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
IDMT function:
- Delay curve family (DT), IEC, IEEE, RI Prg
- Curve type EI, VI, NI, LTI, MIdepends on the family *)
- Time multiplier k 0.05 20.0, except
0.50 20.0 for RXIDG, IEEE and IEEE2
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Inaccuracy:
- Starting Uo&Io (rated value In= 1 .. 5A) 3% of the set value or 0.3% of the rated value
- Starting Uo&Io (Peak Mode when, rated 5% of the set value or 2% of the rated value
value Ion= 1 .. 10A) (Sine wave <65 Hz)
- Angle 2
- Operate time at definite time function 1% or 30 ms
- Operate time at IDMT function 5% or at least 30 ms **)
*) EI = Extremely Inverse, NI = Normal Inverse, VI = Very Inverse, LTI = Long Time Inverse
MI= Moderately Inverse
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

9.3.2. Frequent start protection

Frequent start protection N> (66)
Settings:
- Max motor starts 1 20
- Min time between motor starts 0.0 100 min. (step 0.1 min)
Operation time <250 ms
Inaccuracy:
- Min time between motor starts 5% of the set value

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 177
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9.3.3. Voltage protection

Capacitor overvoltage stage UC> (59C)
Overvoltage setting range 0.10 2.50 pu (1 pu = UCLN )
Capacitance setting range 1.00 650.00 F
Rated phase-to-star point capacitor 100 260000 V
voltage = 1 pu
Definite time characteristic:
- operating time 1.0 300.0 s (step 0.5)
Start time Typically 1.0 s
Reset time <2.0 s
Reset ratio (hysteresis) 0.97
Inaccuracy:
- starting 5% of the set value
- time 1% or 1 s

Single-phase overvoltage stages U>, U>> and U>>> (59) ***

Overvoltage setting range: 50 - 150 %UN for U>, U>> **)
50 - 160 % UN for U>>> **)
Definite time characteristic:
- operating time 0.08*) - 300.00 s (step 0.02) (U>, U>>)
0.06*) - 300.00 s (step 0.02) (U>>>)
Starting time Typically 60 ms
Resetting time U> 0.06 - 300.00 s (step 0.02)
Resetting time U>>, U>>> <95 ms
Retardation time <50 ms
Reset ratio 0.99 0.800 (0.1 20.0 %, step 0.1 %)
Inaccuracy:
- starting 3% of the set value **)
- operate time 1% or 30 ms
*) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.
**) The measurement range is up to 160 V. This limits the maximum usable setting when
rated VT secondary is more than 100 V.
***) Only when measurement option is 1Line (line-to-line voltage) or 1Phase (phase-to-neutral
voltage). A complete three phase voltage protection is not possible with VAMP 40.
40.

Single-phase undervoltage stages U<, U<< and U<<< (27) ***

Setting range 20 120%xUN
Definite time function:
- Operating time U< 0.08 *) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
- Operating time U<< and U<<< 0.06 *) 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
Undervoltage blocking 0 80% x UN
Start time Typically 60 ms
Reset time for U< 0.06 300.00 s (step 0.02 s)
Reset time for U<< and U<<< <95 ms
Retardation time <50 ms
Reset ratio (hysteresis) 1.001 1.200 (0.1 20.0 %, step 0.1 %)
Reset ratio (Block limit) 0.5 V or 1.03 (3 %)
Inaccuracy:
- starting 3% of set value
- time 1% or 30 ms
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.
***) Only when measurement option is 1Line (line-to-line voltage) or 1Phase (phase-to-neutral
voltage). A complete three phase voltage protection is not possible with VAMP
VAMP 40.
40.

178 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

Zero sequence voltage stages U0> and U0>> (59N)

Zero sequence voltage setting range 1 60 %U0N
Definite time function:
- Operating time 0.3 300.0 s (step 0.1 s)
Start time Typically 200 ms
Reset time <450 ms
Reset ratio 0.97
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 2% of the set value or 0.3% of the rated
value
- Starting UoCalc (3LN mode) 1 V
- Operate time 1% or 150 ms

NOTE! This is only available in voltage measurement mode U0.

9.3.4. Power protection

Reverse power and under-power stages P<, P<< (32)
Pick-up setting range 200.0 ... +200.0 %Pm
Definite time function:
- Operating time 0.3 300.0 s
Start time Typically 200 ms
Reset time <500 ms
Reset ratio 1.05
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 3 % of set value or 0.5 % of rated value
- Operating time at definite time function 1 % or 150 ms

NOTE! When pick-up setting is +1 +200% an internal block will be activated if

max. voltage of all phases drops below 5% of rated.

9.3.5. Circuit-breaker failure protection

Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP (50BF)
Relay to be supervised T1, T2, T3 and T4
Definite time function
- Operating time 0.1** 10.0 s (step 0.1 s)
Reset time <95 ms
Inaccuracy
- Operating time 20 ms
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 179
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9.3.6. Arc fault protection (option)

The operation of the arc protection depends on the setting value
of the ArcI>, ArcI0> and ArcI02> current limits. The arc current
limits cannot be set, unless the relay is provided with the
optional arc protection card.
Arc protection stage ArcI> (50AR), option
Setting range 0.5 - 10.0 x IN
Arc sensor connection S1, S2, S1/S2, BI, S1/BI, S2/BI, S1/S2/BI
- Operating time (Light only) 13 ms
- Operating time (4xIset + light) 17ms
- Operating time (BIN) 10 ms
- BO operating time <3 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset time (Delayed ARC L) <120 ms
Reset time (BO) <80 ms
Reset ratio 0.90
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 10% of the set value
- Operating time 5 ms
- Delayed ARC light 10 ms

Arc protection stage ArcI0> (50AR), option

Setting range 0.5 - 10.0 x IN
Arc sensor connection S1, S2, S1/S2, BI, S1/BI, S2/BI, S1/S2/BI
- Operating time (Light only) 13 ms
- Operating time (4xIset + light) 17ms
- Operating time (BIN) 10 ms
- BO operating time <3 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset time (Delayed ARC L) <120 ms
Reset time (BO) <80 ms
Reset ratio 0.90
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 10% of the set value
- Operating time 5 ms
- Delayed ARC light 10 ms

Arc protection stage ArcI02> (50AR), option

Setting range 0.5 - 10.0 x IN
Arc sensor connection S1, S2, S1/S2, BI, S1/BI, S2/BI, S1/S2/BI
- Operating time (Light only) 13 ms
- Operating time (4xIset + light) 17ms
- Operating time (BIN) 10 ms
- BO operating time <3 ms
Reset time <95 ms
Reset time (Delayed ARC L) <120 ms
Reset time (BO) <80 ms
Reset ratio 0.90
Inaccuracy:
- Starting 10% of the set value
- Operating time 5 ms
- Delayed ARC light 10 ms

180 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

9.4. Supporting functions

9.4.1. Disturbance recorder (DR)
The operation of disturbance recorder depends on the following
settings. The recording time and the number of records depend
on the time setting and the number of selected channels.
Disturbance recorder (DR)
Mode of recording: Saturated / Overflow
Sample rate:
- Waveform recording 32/cycle, 16/cycle, 8/cycle
- Trend curve recording 10, 20, 200 ms
1, 5, 10, 15, 30 s
1 min
Recording time (one record) 0.1 s 12 000 min
(must be shorter than MAX time)
Pre-trigger rate 0 100%
Number of selected channels 0 12

9.4.2. Inrush current detection (68)

Settings:
- Setting range 2.Harmonic 10 100 %
- Operating time 0.05** 300.00 s (step 0.01 s)
**) This is the instantaneous time i.e. the minimum total operational time including the fault
detection time and operation time of the trip contacts.

9.4.3. Transformer supervision

Current transformer supervision
Pick-up current 0.00 10.00 x IN
Definite time function: DT
- Operating time 0.06 600.00 s (step 0.02 s)
Reset time <60 ms
Reset ratio Imax> 0.97
Reset ratio Imin< 1.03
Inaccuracy:
- Activation 3% of the set value
- Operating time at definite time function 1% or 30 ms

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 181
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

9.4.4. Voltage sag & swell

Voltage sag limit 10 120 %
Voltage swell limit 20 150 %
Definite time function: DT
- Operating time 0.08 1.00 s (step 0.02 s)
Low voltage blocking 0 50 %
Reset time <60 ms
Reset ration:
- Sag 1.03
- Swell 0.97
Block limit 0.5 V or 1.03 (3 %)
Inaccuracy:
- Activation 0.5 V or 3% of the set value
- Activation (block limit) 5% of the set value
- Operating time at definite time function 1% or 30 ms
If one of the phase voltages is below sag limit and above block limit but another phase voltage
drops below block limit, blocking is disabled.

9.4.5. Voltage interruptions

Voltage low limit (U1) 10 120 %
Definite time function: DT
- Operating time <50 ms (Fixed)
Reset time <60 ms
Reset ratio: 1.03
Inaccuracy:
- Activation 3% of the set value

182 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

10. Abbreviations and symbols

ANSI American National Standards Institute. A
standardization organisation.
CB Circuit breaker
CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection
cos Active power divided by apparent power = P/S.
(See power factor PF). Negative sign indicates
reverse power.
CT Current transformer
CTPRI Nominal primary value of current transformer
CTSEC Nominal secondary value of current transformer
Dead band See hysteresis.
DI Digital input
DO Digital output, output relay
DSR Data set ready. An RS232 signal. Input in front
panel port of VAMP relays to disable rear panel
local port.
DST Daylight saving time. Adjusting the official local
time forward by one hour for summer time.
DTR Data terminal ready. An RS232 signal. Output
and always true (+8 Vdc) in front panel port of
VAMP relays.
FFT Fast Fourier transform. Algorithm to convert time
domain signals to frequency domain or to phasors.
Hysteresis I.e. dead band. Used to avoid oscillation when
comparing two near by values.
IMODE Nominal current of the selected mode. In feeder
mode, IMODE= VTprimary. In motor mode, IMODE=
IMOT.
ISET Another name for pick up setting value I>
I0SET Another name for pick up setting value I0>
I01N Nominal current of the I01 input of the relay
I02N Nominal current of the I02 input of the relay
I0N Nominal current of I0 input in general
IMOT Nominal current of the protected motor
IN Nominal current. Rating of CT primary or
secondary.
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission. An
international standardization organisation.
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 183
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

IEC-101 Abbreviation for communication protocol defined

in standard IEC 60870-5-101
IEC-103 Abbreviation for communication protocol defined
in standard IEC 60870-5-103
LAN Local area network. Ethernet based network for
computers and relays.
Latching Output relays and indication LEDs can be latched,
which means that they are not released when the
control signal is releasing. Releasing of lathed
devices is done with a separate action.
NTP Network time protocol for LAN and WWW
P Active power. Unit = [W]
PF Power factor. The absolute value is equal to cos,
but the sign is '+' for inductive i.e. lagging current
and '' for capacitive i.e. leading current.
PM Nominal power of the prime mover. (Used by
reverse/under power protection.)
PT See VT
pu Per unit. Depending of the context the per unit
refers to any nominal value. For example for
overcurrent setting 1 pu = 1xIMODE.
Q Reactive power. Unit = [var] acc. IEC
RMS Root mean square
S Apparent power. Unit = [VA]
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol for LAN and WWW
TCS Trip circuit supervision
THD Total harmonic distortion
U0SEC Voltage at input Uc at zero ohm earth fault. (Used
in voltage measurement mode "2LL+Uo")
Ua Voltage input for U12 or UL1 depending of the
voltage measurement mode
Ub Voltage input for U23 or UL2 depending of the
voltage measurement mode
Uc Voltage input for U31 or U0 depending of the
voltage measurement mode
UN Nominal voltage. Rating of VT primary or
secondary
UTC Coordinated Universal Time (used to be called
GMT = Greenwich Mean Time)
VT Voltage transformer i.e. potential transformer PT
VTPRI Nominal primary value of voltage transformer
VTSEC Nominal secondary value of voltage transformer
WWW World wide web internet

184 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

11. Construction

Figure 11-1 panel cut-out dimensions and Dimensional drawing

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 185
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

12. Order information

When ordering, please state:
Type designation: VAMP 40
Quantity:
Options (see respective ordering code):

12.1. Ordering codes of VAMP feeder and

motor protection relay
Type Description Note
VAMP 40 Feeder / motor protection relay

Accessories
VEA 3CG Ethernet interface Module
VPA 3CG Profibus Interface Module
VSE 001 Fiber optic Interface Module
VSE 002 RS485 Interface Module
VSE 004 VAMP 40 RS-485 module
VSE 005-1 Ethernet and RS-485 module
VSE 006 IEC 61850 module
VX003-3 Programming Cable Cable length
(VAMPSET) 3m
VX028-3 Interface cable to VPA 3CG Cable length
( Profibus adaptor) 3m
VX030-3 Interface cable to VEA 3CG Cable length
(Ethernet adaptor) 3m
VX032-3 Rear panel programming cable Cable length
3m
VYX256A Optional seal for IP54
VP 40 Arc option
VA1DA-6 Arc Sensor Cable length
6m
DI-934MB RTD Input module DataQ
Instruments
Inc.
Adam 4015-B RTD Input module Advantech
Co.,Ltd

186 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

13. Revision history

13.1. Manual revision history

VM40.EN001 First revision
VM40.EN002 1Line & 1Phase voltage measurement
modes added.
Programmable inverse delay curves
added.
VM40.EN004 VP 40 added.
VM40.EN005 Firmware version 6. Older versions of
VAMPSET not compatible with this.
VM40.EN006 Intermittent transient earth fault
protection added
Capacitor overvoltage protection added
Some adjustments in technical data

13.2. Firmware revision history

5.46 First release of VAMP 40
5.52 Extended auxiliary supply voltage range.
1Line and 1Phase voltage measurement modes
added.
Function keys on HMI added.
Support for Scandinavian characters.
Arc interface support, VP40.
Frequency measurement added.
5.56 Month max values added.
Number of virtual outputs increased to 6.
Number of logic outputs increased to 20.
Auto-reclose updated (reclaim time setting and
active signal for each shot).
5.68 DNP 3.0 protocol added.
Extended self diagnostics.
Inrush & cold load detection added (fast block
operation).
Running hour calculation added.
Display backlight controlling with DI.
Support for analog output modules added to
External I/O protocol.
Auto-reclose updated(blocking of shots)

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 187
VAMP 40 Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP Ltd
Technical description

5.75 Adjustable hysteresis for U>>, U>>>, U<<, U<<<.

I02> & I02>> renamed as I0>>> & I0>>>>.
Increased setting range for T>
Voltage measurement mode description modified
6.6 IEC60870-5-101 (unbalanced) added.
Auto detection added for External I/O (optional).
NOTE! Requires VAMPSET (2.1.2) or newer version.
Old files cannot be used with 6.x firmware.
6.12 IEC60870-5-101 (unbalanced) updated.
Increased I0DIR> setting range

188 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 VM40.EN006
VAMP Ltd Feeder and motor protection relay VAMP 40
Technical description

14. Reference information

Documentation:
Mounting and Commissioning Instructions VMMC.EN0xx
VAMPSET Users Manual VMV.EN0xx
Manufacturer / Service data:
VAMP Ltd.
P.O.Box 810
FIN-65101 Vaasa, Finland
Visiting address: Yrittjnkatu 15
Phone: +358 (0)20 753 3200
Fax: +358 (0)20 753 3205
URL: http://www.vamp.fi
24h support:
Tel. +358 (0)20 753 3264
Email: vampsupport@vamp.fi

VM40.EN006 VAMP 24h support phone +358 (0)20 753 3264 189
 We reserve the right to changes without prior notice

VAMP Ltd. Street address: Yrittjnkatu 15 Phone: +358 20 753 3200

Post address: Fax: +358 20 753 3205
P.O.Box 810, FIN 65101 Vaasa, Internet: www.vamp.fi
Finland Email: vamp@vamp.fi

VM40.EN006